D99 3705D 06_Mar1980 06 Mar1980
User Manual: Pdf D99-3705D-06_Mar1980
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 232
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
tnt Hfi1 ' t ' . . . . .Wll WIlL MY"P' _ _ ""N" at b .HI. ."WW. ." • •, ".... W" ."YN lOr' .. PI.,., .. ...... ,I! N'N'MfIH..,NU"Wwe." IMIM'W'H,·""H·!t!W,'H MIII''"MWM''pw.. ..,.*&..., e W"'" "f ·" ... · 9 ' · " · o · o ".o D99-3705D-06 o o o o o o 1• •• • • • • •• IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER, DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE TEST, and INITIAL TEST DATE: 3/7/80 ; T3705A F ±rlr #rEd. *1 -- - ------...--------- ------- ~ ----- ----------~------------ ~-----~----.!:...------------. . . . ---------~ --~ ..... -~--- -- --_. _-- ---. - -- - - - - - - - - 0 • 0 D99-3705D-06 C O! PREFACE ~~ '~ This manual contains information pertaining to the Internal Functional Test Loader, T370SA, the Diagnostic Control Module (DCM), X370SACA, the Internal Functional Tests (IFTs), X370SABA-X370SJBA, and the Initial Test, X3705ADA. ~"j ,;/- ~~\ V tf~ (,~t..I') The material in this manual was previously released in D99-3705A which has been replaced by: IBM Maintenance Di~9nostic Program Channel Adapter and Wrap All Lines On-line test, D99-370SC. IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Progr~m Internal Functional Test Loader, D ; a 9 nos t ; c Con t r 0 1 Mod u fe' , Pan elL; neT est, and In i t i a 1 T est s , 099-37050 0 ~ \"'~y !~ ~v IBN Maintenance Diagnostic.Program Internal Functional Tests SYmptom Indexes, 099-370SE. Chapter 1 contains information about the 1FT Loader T370SA. Chapter 2 describes the Diagnostic Control Module X370SACA and provides operational instructions. Chapter 3 provides information about the Internal Functional Tests describing their use and operation with the DeM. This chapter also explains how to use the Symptom Indexes contained in D99-370SE. Chapter 4 provides a general description of the Initial Tests and instructions for loading and operating the test programs. Also included is a discussion of how to use the Initial Test Symptom Index contained in Appendix c. ,,~- / Operating instructions and examples of using the panel line test is included in Chapeter 5. The panel line test is a stand-alone version of the NCP-4 line test function. Appendix A contains the Configuration Data Set (CDS) required by the IFT Loader, OeM, and IFT. Appendix B contains a listin9 of stops originating from the DCM and includes a discussion of the action required at each stoP. c The initial test symptom index has been incorporated into this T3705A ; i c c I '#t'W"'r:''''!WtlM'" 't,,"'ie.''''H'rMr''''!MI '.'.M'...... W"M'!i'" o f Ii " " JIb"! d 1"",' M'##'HtiI' ·'f'Mtr'hf"ti 11" ,!II , I'N!Pdlrlfl'M''''t"W'.,.,It'InW ue f r 'OIIdM IN ±"bt" !bllllff! MwtH'rlHM +r +n "'"',,- I ! ". !O !. • I 0 1 o o o o o D99-3705D-06 manual in Appendix C. The Manual Routine Indexes previously found at the beginning of the Symptom Indexes with manual intervention routines have been combined and incorporated into Appendix D. Companion manuals that should be referred to are: IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Programs IFT SYmptom Index, D99-3705E. IBM 3705 Communications Controller Theory Maintenance Manual, SY27-0l07. Prerequisite manuals that should be referred to are: DOS OLTEP SRL, GC24-5086. IBM System/360 Operating System On-line Test Executive Program, GC28-6650. OLTSEP Operators Guide, D99-SEPDT. Guide to Using the IBM 3705 Communications Contoller Control Panel, GA27-3087. SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-3705D-Q! Miscellaneous changes were made in several places in the manual. Chapter 5 was changed to add paragraph 5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops which was left out of the first edition. " • • • •. • Appendix D was changed to include a type 2 co~munication scanner routine X6F2 which was added to the type 2 communication scanner in Release 9.0. iii T3705A fEW'> o o 099-37050-06 SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR 099-3705D-02 This version of the manual was released via OCl. Changes for this version were made in Appendix A and were indicated by change bars to the left of changed text. SUMMARY OF AMr~ENDMENTS {) FOR 099-3705D-03 Changes are incoporated in the panel line test procedures in Chapter 5. Appendix A has been changed to reflect Configuration Data set changes required for several RPQs. SUMMARY OF AMNENDr~ENTS FOR D99-3705D-05 This edition incorporates DCl-370SD-04. The information and error messages issued by the 1FT loader in Chapter 1 have been modified to improve clarity. Several changes were made to Configuration Oata Set description in Appendix A for the new models J,K,L of the 3705 and the addition of several RPQ's. / The Initial Test Symptom Index in Appendix C has been changed to reflect 20 bit data flow. Appendix E has been added and it contains examples of IFT runs. / ,/ T3705A -, iv () --------- - -------------~-- ------------- ~"."",.. ' o o • •o o o o 'II KI'·!!,,'''''' .,urP''"'''!!," r".Wtwl" ....."W.':!: .. 'I "",1""""""'"111,, ,,'" '1'1' '" "" , HI' '!'W'I I "'II I '" 11'1 '"I' . , t "", ...,1,.",."" "'1.1"·1'.... ""."1'11' 'w" le,e:,.,,.,, ... ,tie,•••, "'''' ""1'''''' • IM'"M H,M"'" • : It r WI ~ • , D99-3705D-06 SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR 099-37050-06 This edition p~ovides an updated Configu~ation Data set Desc~;ption. In addition, the page numbers listed in the Manual Intervention Rout;". Index have been corrected so that th~y siree with the page numbe~s in the D99-3705E document. • o o 0 •• • • • • • • Jf r ~ I' v T3705A ----~ - - .... .JIiIII,j...... '"~ I~f ' . 0; • 0 • (: ~r D99-3705D-06 0 1 , " {~' ," ,Ji II ' ~ -. C ' rr""'. "...y V' (1-~ \il. ~J;.' t''\ ~,)Y) /' ( -, This intentionally left blank. \ T3705A vi I MI '%91""1 N!? mINt'" 'ttf trW t , 'nettr '#'crr'.M»'t jJ tL , t til i tiL #' 'HI.rUdN"k Itt' t '7 I IMt, ... Mt#fdffWWbt ttt '.' .ttltlt"Wt''* W rt H D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONTENTS 1.0 IFT LOADER • . • • . • . • . . • • • • • . • . • . • • • • . . •.•..•.. 1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER. . . . . . . • • 1.1.1 T370SA IFT LOADER REQUIREMENTS. . . • . . . • . . 1.1.2 T3705A IFT LOADER USE PROCEDURES AND OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . • . . .•..•• . 1.1.2.1 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY DURING LOAD. 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.6 2.0 DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE X3705ACA • . . . • . . . . . . . . . 2.1 2.1 X370SACA DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE. 2.1 2.1.0.1 ROUTINE SELECTION • . , • . . . . . . . . . . • . . 2.1 2.1.0.2 MANUAL INTERVENTION RduTINES. ... • . . 2.2 2.1.0.3 ABORT CONTROL . . . 2.2 2.1.0.4 CONTROL PANEL INTERFACE. . . • . . . 2.3 2.1.0.5 ROUTINE EXECUTION. . • • . . . . . • . . . . 2.4 2.1.0.6 ERROR CONTROL INFORMATION. • • . .••• 2.5 2.1.0.7 SCOPE SYNCHRONIZATION. . . • .. 2.5 2.1.0.8 Continuing From an Error stop or Manual Intervention stop. . • . • • . • . . . • . • . . 2.6 2.2.1 PANEL UTILITIES. . • . . . . • • . . . 2.6 2.2.1.1 Refresh Last DCM Display Code. . . . . • • . 2.7 2.2.1.2 Continuous Display Without Test. . . . . 2.7 2.2.1.3 Continuous Display With Test . . . . . . • • • . . 2.9 2.2.1.4 Address Compare Display Without Test . . • . • . . 2.11 2.2.1.5 Address Compare Display With Test . • • . • . . . 2.11 2.2.1.6 Set or Display Repeat Count • • . • . . • . • • . 2.13 2.2.1.7 Set, Reset, Display CE Sense Switches . • • . . . 2.14 2.2.1.8 Setting CE Sense Switches . . • . . . . . . . . . 2.16 2.2.1.9 stop Panel utility . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 2.18 2.2.1.10 Dynamic Communications to Routines.. • • • 2.18 2.2.1.11 Display Storage or Register Contents. . . . 2.19 2.2.2 Summary oT Display/Function Select Switch Positions • . 2.20 2.2.3 SETTING UP A SCOPING LOOP. • . • . . • . . . .2.22 2.2.4 Determining Why The Program Display Light is Not On . . 2.23 0 • • • • •• • • • • • • 3.0 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST. • • . • . • . . . . . • . . • • 3.1 3.1 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE. . 3.1 3.1.1 GENERAL STRUCTURE OF IFTS. . . . . ••.... 3.1 3.2.2 DCM/IFT INTERFACE. . . . • • • • . • • . . . . . . . 3.5 3.2.2.1 LOADING AND RUNNING THE IFTS. • . • . . • • • • 3.5 3.2.2.2 DATA SET NAME AND 1FT FUNCTION CHART. . • • • . 3.7 3.3.1 REQUESTING AND TERMINATING IFTS . . • . . . • . . • • . 3.8 3.3.2 USING THE SYMPTOM INDEX FOR IFTS • . . . . .3.10 3.3.2.1 Manual Intervention Routine Index. . . . • . 3.14 3.3.2.2 Symptom Index Mask Field And Register Usage • • . 3.14 3.3.2.3 Type 3 Communication Scanner IFT Sync Point Aid .3.14 4.0 INITIAL TEST X3705ADA • . . . . . . . . . • 4.1 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION • . 4.1 • . 4.1 Table of Contents • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER 0 • 0 099-37050-06 (-.: 4.1.1 INITIAL TEST LOAD PROCEDURE • • . . • • • • . • • • • • 4.1.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER LOADER UTILITY. .• 4.1.1.2 T370SA On-LINE TEST LOADER. • . . • • • . 4.1.1.3 Remote Program Lo~der .•..•••••••• 4.1.2 NORMAL RUN INDICATIONS . . . . • . • • . • • • •• 4.1.2.1 CE OPTIONS. • . . . . . • . . . •.• 4.1.3.1 ASORT ROUTINE AND CONTINUE TESTING. . • • . . 4.1.4.1 FAILURE INDICATIONS . . • . . . . . • • • • • • • 4.1.5.1 HOW TO USE THE INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX . • . • 4.1.6.1 TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS.. .•. • ..•• 4.1 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.5 4.5 4.6 4.8 5.0 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL . . . . . . • . . • • . • . • • • • • • 5.1 5.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST DESCiIPTION AND PURPOSE. • . . • 5.1 5.1.1 T3705L Panel Line Test Requirements . . . • . . . • • . • 5.1 5.2 T3705L Panel Line Test Operating Procedures. • . • . • 5.1 5.2.1 Definition of Display A & B During Test. • . . • • 5.6 . . . • . . . . • 5.8 5.3 Test Function Charts. . . . . 5.3.1 Test Function Chart 1 . • • • . . • . • • • . • 5.8 5.3.2 Test Function Chart 2 • • . . • . . . • • . . • • • 5.11 S.3.3 Test Function Chart 3 • . • • . . • • • . • . . 5.14 5.3.4 Test Function Chart 4 . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . S.16 5.4 LTS DESCRIPTION. • . . • • . .•• .•• . • • 5.18 5.5 Test Examples . • . . . . • • . . . . • • • . • • . • .S.20 5.5.1 Write Data to IBM 2770 (BSC Lines) , • • . • . • . • S.20 5.5.2 Reading From an IBM 2770 and Accumulating CRC. • .5.22 5.5.3 Re~din9 Data With A Two Character Compare. • . . .5.23 5.5.4 Addressing An IBM 10S0 (S/S Terminal) Using Buffer 0 and 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.24 5.5.4.1 Addressing An IBM 10S0 (Continued) . . . . . . . . 5.26 5.5.5 Sending to and Receiving from a S/S Terminal CIBM 2741 or IBM 3767). . . . . . . • • . . . . • • • • .5.27 5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops . . . • . • . • . • 5.28 APPENDIX A. CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION • . • • • A.1 A.1 Configuration Data Set Part 1 . . ..••.•. . • A.1 A.1.1 Range Definition . . • • • . . . . • • . . A.S A.2.0 Channel Ad~pter Blocks . . . • • . • . • . A.9 A.2.1.0 First Channel Adapter Definition - Block C -. A.9 A.2.1.1 CCU Definition - Block A - . • • . . • . • • • • • A .10 A.2.1.2 Second Channel Adapter Definition - Block C .A.12 A.2.1.3 Third Channel Adapter - Block C - Second Machine Frame . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • A.13 A.2.1.4 Fourth Type·4 Channel Ad~pter - Block C - Second Machine Frame . • • . • . . • • • . . . • . . . . • . . • A.13 A.2.1.S First Communication Scanner Definition - Block D.A.14 A.2.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Second Scanner Block E . . . . . • • . . . . . . • • • • • . • • • . • . .A.IS A.2.3 Symbolic CDS Entry for Communication Scanners 3 and 4.A.20 A.2.3.1 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Third Scanner Block E . . . . • . • . . . • • . . . • • • • • • A.21 Table of Contents viii 0 0 0 0 0 0 (j / \, J \, ) rid'lt'WI 0 'M. d N '. 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER 099-37050-06 A.2.3.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Fourth Scannner Block E . • . • • • • • • • • . . • • • • • . . A.22 A.2.4.l Symbolic CDS Entry Communication Scanners 3 and 4. • . • • . . • . • • • A.25 A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR . . • . . • • . . . • . . • • • .A.26 A.4 Unit Configurator Under OLTSEP and OLTEP • • • • • • • • . • A.29 A.4.1 Operator Messages. . • . • • • • • ••••• .A.29 APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX . · B.1 APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX. • C.l APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX • • • • • • . 0.1 IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES. . . • . . . . • • • • . • • • . • • • • • • • D.2 IBM 3705 storage IFT Manual Intervention Routines • • • • D.3 IBM 3705 Type 1 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • . . . • • • . . • 0.4 IBM 3705 Type 2 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • . . • • · D.5 IBM 3705 Type 3 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines.. • ••.••. D.4 APPENDIX E. E.1 1FT RUN EXAMPLES • • D.l 0.1 D.l D.1 0.2 o • • • • • • Table of Contents » # -- ----=---~-~~-- -~--~-~-~-------- ~....=.: --~---.--.--"':":":"'----'-::----.....-. -- ---~------=--=---~--------------~-----=- ----.::.-=-------~ -- 0 ~. IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER D99-370SD-06 0 C 0\ I ' ,) ~l}1 0 1 ,~ \4.J {; 0 iif"', I \Jt.J' This intentionaily left blank. , Table of contents x ,,7 NMttf!I" " + o o • •o o o o o o t U 9 "t'"tfW,"liI',",rc,,!IH"W'WOOngl!fl 'ff!',nUH'M'Vt'9*"MI #!!tf • !l11/W"! H'H!!mlllllIJU1'ttUKftllcIt!!ltiU '''''it' '1 Inj '+L% "; ~, 'A" I' 11, tlffl!' , 'WIn Ii Y I'UU' M UtI +' 'OJ!!' .. IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A 099-37050-06 1.0 IFT LOADER 1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER The 1FT Loader (T3705A) executes in the host CPU under contr~:l<{fo;~>"the' on-line test executive (OLTEP/OLTSEP) and controls loading dia.nostic programs into 3705 main storage. T3705A in the host and ROS cod~·~in the 3705 cause the first module X3705AAA (type 1 or type 4 Channel Adapter) or X3705ABA (type 2 or type 3 Channel Adapter) to be loaded beginning at stor~ge location X'00400'. Control of the 3705 is passed to the module and either the Initial Test or the Diagnostic Control Module loads into the 3705 depending upon the request made to OLTEP/OLTSEP in the options field. (next=nynn" causes the Initjal Test to load and "ext=nnnn" causes the DeM to load.) The IFT Loader has a built-in error loop. The program is assembled with a retry count of 10. This count can be modified, using·the £L (N) option available through OLTEP or OLTSEP. If, during the retry, the operation is successful, the IFT Loader continues to load the 1FT. If the retry count is exhausted, the loading of the IFT ;s aborted. 1.1.1 T3705A IFT LOADER REQUIREMENTS When the IFT Loader is under control of DOS/OLTEP, the timer assigned to the partition in which OLTEP is executing. o • • • • • • • • '1rilis:t:'::b_ The type 1 or type 4 Channel Adapter Loader X3705AAA and the type 2 or type 3 Channel Adapter Loader X3705ABA attempt to disable the 3705 interface with a diagnostic DISABLE command each time the Initial Test, the DCM, or an IFT is loaded. The 'clock out' line must drop before the 3705 can go off-line. This line drops when the host CPU STOP push button is pressed or when the CPU enters the wait state. The IFT Loader depends upon 'clock out' dropping so the 3705 can go off-line automatically. An operating situation under OS or DOS could result in maximum use of the cpu. This situation delays the wait state and inhibits the running of the IFTs until the 3705 goes, off-l i ne. Dur i ng thi s time, the OL T pri nts a message i ndi cat i'n'g 'that it ;s waiting for the 3705 to disable its channel interface. At the same time, the 3705 loaders display an equivalent code in the display lights. Refer to "Description of the Panel Displays at the 3705 During Load". IFT Loader T3705A Page No. 1.1 K'M! ''d'I'" II'"! ie &' • .. 0 0 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A D99-370SD-06 (' -0 '-- 1.1.2 T3705A IFT LOADER USE PROCEDURES AND OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS Error printouts occur when the IFT Loader detects an error. The print out contains all pertinent information about the error that can be obtained by the IFT Loader. Bypass Printing Channel Errors option inhibits the error printout. Refer to the DOS OLTEP SRL, GC24-5086, the IBM System/360 Operating System On-line Test Executive Program, GC28-6650, or the OLTSEP Operator's Guide, D99-SEPDT for a descript~on of the error printoOts. Various operator-type messages can appear during operation of the 1FT loader. The messages provide operator guidance in getting diagnostic programs into 3705 main storage. • THE STATUS OF THE 3705 CANNOT BE DETERMINED. **WARNING** CONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME UNAVAILABLE. ENTER 'C' TO CANCEL OR 'P' TO PROCEED. The OLT cannot 3705. If the OLT in 3705 storage. responding with a 'c' rid, or rid, 'P' determine the status (offline or stopline) of the is allowed to continue, the OLT destroys the program The CE has the responsibility for continuing by "C" or "P", as follows: 'ttl 0; O~ -~ '~j," C' (C ~-''\ ( (for Cancel) (for Proceed) Any other response results in the program repeating the last line of the above message. If, after five responses, the program has not received either a C or P, it prints: INVALID RESPONSE AFTER 5 REQUESTS. The program assumes the response of 'C' and terminates the OLT. ~ ALL 3705 ADDRESSES ARE NOT STOPPED OR OFFLINE. **WARNING** CONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME UNAVAILABLE. ENTER 'c' TO CANCEL, 'P' TO PROCEED, OR 'R' TO RETRY. , / The OLT has been notified by the executive that all 3705 addresses are not oTfline or stopped. If the OLT ;s allowed to continue, it destroys the contents and operational characteristics of the 3705. The CE ;s given the opportunity to make all addresses available to the OLT using standard system facilities. He also has the responsibility Page No. 1.2 T3705A -~---~-----------------------------------~-~--- IFT Load.r o! ,.01114' '!.+iU' 11'1: " u o • "'" ttHW'tMtfLur!!ti!$ '( 't I +snrrttrl&ri±tb**' "1 be i.. PH' ±td "'HlI··tllINe w ,.. • IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST lOADER T3705A 099-37050-06 for continuing by responding with a 'C', 'P', or 'R', as follows: r id, 'c' (for Cancel) or r id,'P' or r id, 'R' o o o (for Proceed) (for Retry) The difference between a 'P' and 'R' response is (1) P means PROCEED, regardless of the offline or online status of the 3705 address and (2) R means that the operator has been taking the addresses offline an4 wants the program to verify that all units are now available to the OlT. Any other response results in the program repeating the last line of the above message. If, after five responses, the program has not received either a C, P, or R, it will print: INVALID RESPONSE AFTER 5 REQUESTS The program assumes the response of 'e' and terminates the OlT. BAD RC YY FROM XXXXXXX o i· • • • • • • • The IFT loader has requested a function of the executive driver, and the driver is incapable of performing the request. This may be because of an invalid parameter list or an error that occurred while the executive driver was performing the request. XXXXXXX is the name of the function being requested, and YY is the code returned by the executive program. The XXXXXXX field is filled by the IFT loader to give the name of the requested function. This message is a diagnostic programming aid. If it occurs, a dump and other available information should be submitted with an APAR (Authorized Program Analysis Report). Following messages are available on hard copy to describe failures and the operation that was attempted when a failure occurs: BAD CC SIO FAILED TO INTRPT BAD STATUS ON SIO IFT loader T3705A Page No. 1.3 ! #r o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A D99-3705D-06 NOP CMD FOR 3705 LOAD BUTTON o RD CMD FOR IFT REQ WRT CMD TO WRITE DATA WRT CMD FOR LAST BLOCK WRT IPL CMD SENDING LOADER WRT CMD SENDING CONTROL WORD If the oeM has already been loaded, the program indicates that the CE can make a request at the 3705. If the DCM has not been loaded, the program starts over by requesting the CE to press the LOAD push button on the 3705. PRESS LOAD ON 3705 This message occurs when the IFT Loader is initially started or in the event of loss of control. It constitutes the beginning of the IFT Loader and provides the synchronization between the 3705 and the host cpu. The CE is allowed approximately 30 seconds to press the LOAD push button at the 3705. This message repeats every 30 seconds until the LOAD push button is p~essed. AWAITING 3705 INTERFACE DISABLE The IFT Loader has transferred an IFT to the 3705 and is waiting for the 3705 to go off-line. This message repeats every 20 seconds until the 3705 channel interface is disabled and the 3705 begins executing the IFT. If this message occurs continuouslY and the IFT'S are not executing, the 3705 is either un~ble to go off-line after the IFT'S have been loaded, or unable to get back on-line after the IFT'S have completed execution. A CPU-bound system can cause this problem. Pressing the STOP and then the START push buttons on the CPU console drops the 'clock out' line long enough for the 3705 to go off-line. Entering the wait state accomplishes this also. Page No. 1.4 T3705A IFT Loader / '\ / "\ / ~, () ._n_.. ~~:_ _~'~'''_!'''_''h!_MQ_",'_.'''_'.''_'*'_1H._"W_",,_ ...._w._"H.'~"'''_,~~~~~~~~--~~~~~~_ _ _ _ o _"_,,~I~~________________~_______ o •o o o o o o o IBM MAINTENANCE OIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST lOAOER T3705A 099-37050-06 ENTER IFT REQUEST AT 3705 The IFT loader has loaded the OCM in the 3705, and the OCM should now be ready for an IFT request. 3705 lOADEO WITH IFT X3705@@@ This message appears when an IFT module has been successfully transferred to the 3705 without any errors being detected. X3705@@@ is the IO of the IFT module that was loaded. Refer to "Data Set Name and IFT Function Chart", in this section, for module IDs assigned to the IFTs. ERP USED ON MOD X3705@@@ Each output operation to the 3705 is attempted up to ten times (unless modified by option El (N) ), if an error occurs. If the operation being attempted is performed before the count ;s exhausted, the OlT considers the data transfer successful and continues loading the 1FT. This message warns the CE that errors occurred while loading the 1FT. X3705@@@ IN ERROR,ABORT lOAD o • • • • • • • • This message occurs when the retry count (normally 10) is exhausted and the error is still occurring. The IFT loader assumes loss of control and restarts at the beginning. Refer to the printout nERP USED ON MOD X3705@aa". WAITING FOR 1FT COMPLETION This message occurs every 20 seconds after an 1FT has been loaded in the 3705. Most of the IFTs disable the 3705. The 1FT Loader is in a loop issuing a NOP command to the 3705. If it receives condition code (CC)=03, 3705 interface not enabled, it prints this message and waits another 20 seconds. When the 1FT enables the 3705, the 1FT Loader continues running. INVALID PLINK MOD The 1FT loader has detected an error in the requested module - an address in the module was on an odd boundary. The 1FT Loader returns to the read command to allow the CE to enter another request at the 1FT Loader T3705A Page No. 1.5 0 0 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER T3705A D99-3705D-06 (-,":r),., \~j> 3705. MOD X3705@@@ NOT IN OLTLIB 0 The 1FT Loade~ has ~eceived an 1FT ~equest th~ough a Read command, but the cha~acte~s ~eceived do not ~equest a module contained in OLTLIB. The 1FT Loade~ ~etu~ns to the read command to allow the CE to ente~ anothe~ ~equest at the 3705. (} (l~ Refe~ to "Requesting IFTs", in this section, entering the 1FT ~equest at the 3705. fo~ info~mation on \ ~J A"-'" If the ~equest is valid, the 1FT module name X3705@@@ must be added to the OLTEP/OLTSEP Libra~y before the 1FT can be loaded. 'I-.l-P /AIf--"",? No Yes (.: o o I The IFT has detected an error and an error code is displayed. The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the 1FT Symptom Index to see. I T I Symptom Index Page No 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 D99-370SE D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-370SE D99-370SE 1.1 2.1 3.1 4.1 5 .. 0.1 6.0.1 7.0.1 8.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Is T equal to 1 or 2 (display B first Hex digit>? No Yes I A pretest error or a error common to the IFT routines has been detected; 1 indicates pretest, 2 indicates common error. The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the IFT Symptom Index to see. I T I Symptom Page Index No 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 D99-370SE D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-370SE D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E (r~ ~_/ r 'j- 1.17 2.3 3.4 4.18 5.0.150 6.2.1 7.1.272 8.38 ,/' Page No. 3.12 X3705BAA - JBA " Internal Functional Tests o \ I 'W! ", "MNM""M ,"rIpp' Lt ."WII'"'' I.'!'W ., 1M' 1 , H fl'!lII""···W'NM"-MMhIIMf'w""W.'" ' ..-IMPN"·.. • M N =++ • o o • •o o o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA Is T equa! to E (disp!ay B first Hex digit)? No Yes I Information is being disp!ayed. errors or correct operation. I T I Symptom Index Page No E 1 5 6 7 D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E 1.23 5.1.73 6.2.2 7.1.267 E E E o I I I • • • The disp!ay indicates either Is T equa! to F (disp!ay B first Hex digit)? No Yes A • • D99-3705D-06 manua! intervention stop code is being disp!ayed. T I Symptom Index F F F F 1 5 6 7 D99-370SE D99-370SE D99-3705E D99-3705E Page No 1.23 5.2.1 6.2.3 7.1.268 Is T equa! 6 or 7 (disp!ay B first Hex digit)? No Yes I I I See paragraph 2.2.1.6 "Set or Disp!ay Repeat Count". I This disp!ay is from that DeM pane! uti!ity. I Interna! Functiona! Tests X370SBAA - JBA Page No. 3.13 .M.'k+ o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA D99-3705D-06 ( ' _ II' o Is T equal to 9 No Yes I I I I I A (display B fi~st Hex digit)? I See pa~agraph 2.2.1.6 "Set, Reset, Display CE Sense Switches. This display is from that DCM panel utility. Is T equal to B No Yes I I I I I o~ o~ D (display B first Hex digit)? I See paragraph 2.2.1.9 "Dynamic Communication To Routines. This display is from that DCM panel utility. Ensure that the oeM and IFT loaded properly and that the required conditions described prior to this procedure were met. 3.3.2.1 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX An index of manual intervention routines is located in Appendix D. This index is a reference to D99-370SE Symptom Indexes as an aid in locating manual intervention routines. No running or setting up instructions are provided in this Appendix. o o o c c \~-j 3.3.2.2 SYMPTOM INDEX MASK FIELD AND REGISTER USAGE The "mask" field specifies the bits being tested. A "0" indicates that bit position is not checked. If the symptom index lists a "mask" field for X'14, X'15', and X'16', the following contents are standard for the registers: Register X'14' Contains the bits being tested. Register X'lS' Contains the bits in register X'14' in error. Register X'lb' Contains the bit pattern expected in register X'14'. 3.3.2.3 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER IFT SYNC POINT AID Each time the type 3 communication scanner 1FT branches to the subroutine to check the PCF/EPCF state, register X'1B' is loaded with the address of the number of character times the subroutine waits for the expected PCF/EPCF state. This address can be used with the address sync capability to provide oscilliscope synchronization points at various addresses in the routine. Page No. 3.14 X370SBAA - JBA Internal Functional Tests :l~~) II' () .! ' g"!d!"'W"¥'''WMYftMM"W'''! """M"'2 I I Hi' ! 'J ! {II ! Hlb!I5 H g' I H!I!fUKf'1tI1ItIWI't'W/0,\I\ZY W'N'dLHMrl ill' ft:!lLttlrl'IF'fHW'''''"tNiN[![ lim lIlIH.!! II un lin''' II II II 'I" i tAn 'r!' 'N'H I'"' '0 n ! H Q !! J ,,!!!! 11 011" IT" o • • • C) o o o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370sAAA - X370sJBA 099-37050-06 To use this facility, display register X'lB' at any error stoP. The address in register X'lB' is two bytes less than the address of the branch and link instruction to the subroutine that tests the state of the PCF/EPCF. Type 3 communication scanner service aids are described in detail in IBM 3705 Communications Scanner Theory Maintenance t-'~nual, SY27-0l07. Refer to these service aids for specific examples for using this facility. Attempts to calculate addresses for later sync points in the subroutine may lead to unstable results because of the looping in the subroutine and the uncertainity of addresses within the subroutine. o I • •• • • • • • • Internal Functional Tests X370sBAA - JBA Page No. 3.15 HI dm Will.. 'In ", I o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA 099-37050-06 o o o c c This intentionally left blank. Page No. 3.16 X3705BAA - JBA Internal Functional Tests () o ~!#l!!J! II J '!lY' y-••••''''" t b±Hmt't '1M e. " .' MN'" IfeN!"'" po · "...If 'fAlPP'W e ''''P i1wM"W N "*9'I!I,'''' W 'f·' [9 'If !If' "HIIWM"W _ _ ".WUMMIlL ew' 'H'. "[1ft. " "'N". o • • •o o o o • I • • • • • • • • • ...'w· ......• 'W'. ", !MIIHW'YM '''IIIlLW'''Bt D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 4.0 INITIAL TEST X3705ADA 4.1 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION The 3705 Initial test diagnostic program provides functional testing of the instruction set in each of the five program levels, starting with program level one, then program level two, and so on through program level five. Each instruction is tested for the: a) Proper instruction decode. b) Proper CZ latch setting and resetting. c) Proper ALU function. Storage addressing capability is tested by storing a unique pattern at each location in storage, starting at the end of Initial Test and continuing to the last storage location. Storage is then scanned to see that none of the locations were modified. The functions tested in each routine are listed in the Symptom Index along with appropriate critical register values and the expected CZ latch settings. At the beginning of this test the functional areas in the CCU hardware, previously tested by the ROS bootstrap program code, are assumed to be operational. 4.1.1 INITIAL TEST LOAD PROCEDURE The initial test, if not optioned out, is loaded by the Type 1 CA Loader (I.D. X3705AAA) or the Type 2 CA Loader (I.D. X3705ABA) or the Remote Loader Feature and executed prior to loading either the control program or the diagnostic control module (DCM). 4.1.1.1 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER LOADER UTILITY 1. The loader program must be initiated in the host CPU, refer to either the IBM 3705 Communications Controller Emulation Generation and utilities Guide and Reference Manual, GC30-3002 or the IBM 3705 Communications Controller Network Initial Test Description X3705ADA Page No. 4.1 -~-~~~--~~~--,- ---' ~----------------,------------'~- o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 Control Progr~m Generation and utilities Guide and Reference r1~nual, GC30-3000 for instructions on initiating the lo~der program. 2. 3705 Power must be on 3. The MODE SELECT and DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL switches must be in the PROCESS position. 4. The appropriate channel interface must be enabled. 5. The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch may be in any position for this load. However, the STATUS position is suggested. C: o o o o 4.1.1.2 T3705A ON-LINE TEST LOADER 1. The CPU OLT load program must be initiated in the host CPU. the OLT loader operating instructions. 2. 3705 power must be on. 3. The MODE SELECT and DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL switches must be in the PROCESS position. 4. The appropriate channel interface must be enabled. 5. The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch should be in the STATUS position to load the DCM directly. See the CE options for other possible switch settings. 6. (J See c II.Ji.. The LOAD push button must be pressed. 4.1.1.3 REMOTE PROGRAM LOADER 1. The Remote Loader Feature must be installed. 2. A correctly written disk media must be available. 3. Refer to Chapter 1.2 the Remote Diagnostic Loader Manual, P/N 1857403, for IPL procedures. Page No. 4.2 X3705ADA-AEA Initial Test Description "\ lIl!.44ld* L "I J ItIb'W,nn.'.W'''''''''w""wP''.', "H"'!". , "';'t'f' hh1'dtitl{ 1M ""H'Ht'H1 Wilt 9' t, 'Ot 'Hili" "MH"'IUUM!' QUit! Ii I' i'iff' 'M" II! 'ft WI!hii ·"/i'Hlldll,,'tI[j"NI' I ! ", f' J d'" W' h' \ \ i f ' hH" '[ I!MI!'K M" " o • •o o o o o o e I • • • • • • • • • IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 4.1.2 NORMAL RUN INDICATIONS During a normal control program load or DCM load, the following indications signal correct operation: 1. The Entered Interrupt Level panel lights switches from one to five sequentially as the Initial Test routines are run in that level. The level one light turns on again prior to loading the control program or DCM. 2. These panel indicators are on during the Initial Test: PROGRAM DISPLAY TEST LOAD If the DISPLAY/FUNCTION switch is set to any of the CE option positions (FUNCTION 1-6) the routine number is dynamically displayed in display B, byte 0, and the active program level is displayed in byte I, bits 4-7. CAUTION: Due to the rate of progression through the Initial Test routines, the routine number displayed (display B byte 0) may not be visible. 4.1.2.1 CE OPTIONS The following options are available to the CE for trouble shooting failures: 4.1.2.1.1 loop On Program Level Loop on Program level allows the CE to loop the Initial Test under control of the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch. DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT SWITCH POSITION 1 2 Initial Test Description RESULTS loop program level 1 " " "2 X3705ADA Page No. 4.3 "am 0' D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 3 4 5 6 Any Other " " " " " " " " " o o· c 3 4 5 loop all program levels Run test once through and request the next program. o 4.1.2.1.2 Loop On Error Loop on Error allows the CE to loop the given routine from the location where the error was detected back to the start of the routine. If, on the next pass through the routine an error does not occur, the program will loop from the end of the given routine back to the start. This method tests for intermittent errors. \( )1 ~' To Loop on an error after the program stops to display the second error display data, set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 5, place the address of the output X'70' instruction that indic~ted the error in the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches and press the START push button. See Failure Indications on how the address of the output X'70' instruction is derived. The program takes the address entered in the data switches and overlays that h~lfword with a NOP instruction to prevent additional Hard stops and allows looping_ To Exit the loop, momentarily move the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to any position other than 5. The overlayed output X'70' instruction is restored. 4.1.2.1.3 Display RoutiMe Starting Address This option allows the CE to display in display A the starting address of the routine in which the error occurred. When the program stops to display the second error display data and it is desired to display the starting address of the routine, set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 5, place the address of the Page No. 4.4 X3705ADA-AEA Initial Test Description ( ) () I tte d t' 'V't'd"m o • • •o o o o o I i' 'I' IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 output X'70' instruction instruction in the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches, add X'OOOl' to the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switch sett i ng and press the START push. button. Thi s turns on a flag to the program which causes the program to stop again with the starting address displayed in display A. Display bit 1.3 is on at this time to indicate that this option ;s active. Once the starting address has been recorded, either exercise the loop on error option by pressing the START push button again or continue testing by setting the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to any position other than 5 and pressing the start pushbutton. 4.1.3.1 ABORT ROUTINE AND CONTINUE TESTING If a programmed stop occurs and it is not desired to either "Loop on Error" or "Display Routine Starting Address", set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to any position except FUNCTION 5 and press the START push button. This aborts the current routine and continues testing. 4.1.4.1 FAILURE INDICATIONS \ • • • • • • • • • If an error is detected during execution of Initial Test the Wait, Hard stop, and Program stop indicators turn on. The error is one of two types: 1. CCU Check. These are hardware detected errors, seen in Display A with the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch in the STATUS position. If a CCU CHECK is detected, it could be a result of the function being tested or it could be a failure of the hardware used to do the testing. Consult the CCU CHECK Analysis Flowchart IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER THEORY MAINTENANCE MANUAL, SY27-0l07, Page 0-020) for information and procedure concerning failure. 2. Programmed stop (No CCU CHECK). Initial Test does an output X'70' (hard stop) to report an error. a. If a Programmed stop occurs and the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch is in FUNCTION 1 through 6 display B contains in byte 0 the current routine number (RR) and in byte one bits 4 - 7 the current program level (N). Initial Test Description X3705ADA Page No. 4.5 o c' IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION 099-37050-06 At this time the CE should record the value of IAR for the current program level, the setting of the CZ latches, and if appropriate the value of register X'S' "nd/or register X'7'. (Refer to expected results in indicated routine to see if register X'S' and/or register X'7' is used). Current program level is displayed in display B, byte 1, bits 4-7 with DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch in position one through 6. General Register 0 is the IAR of the current program level. b. Subtract two from the IAR value to get the address of the out stop instruction that indicated the error. This value will be needed for Loop on Error and Display Starting Address options. c. Press the START push button to display error codes. d. Select the desired CE option. 4.1.5.1 HOW TO USE THE INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX Data displayed in display B defines the routine number, type of error data in display A, and the current program level under test. ./ , Page No. 4.6 X3705ADA-AEA / Initial Test Description f , c~ I , » ~.- '" #1 gift rl' ' l l Lk db t t , zzI t' \ II', 'H !' H1n' 'MLi t "" If ! II 'f 0 biH!d! !h""!II'*rl"'f"fW""H Y n" 'UWW'fH'HI#I!+ n w' o • • • D99-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 370S INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION DIS 0 0 0 •o • P LAY B BYTE X BYTE 0 BYTE I Bits 67 Bits o123 l +S6 7 Bits 01234567 00 XXXXXXXX OOOXXXXX N T R R RR = Routine Number T = Type of Display Data in Display A 0000 = Error Code or Looping count. 0001 = Starting Address of Routine. N I = Program Level in which error occurred. 1000 0100 0010 0001 0000 = = = = = Program Program Program Program Program Level Level Level Level Level 1 2 3 4 5 Since the majority of the Initial Test routines run under all f;ve program levels, the Symptom Index refers to a general register for a program level without listing its Hex value. The following chapt converts a general register R into its Hex value depending on the value of "N" as previously defined. • • • • • • "N" PROGRAM LEVEL 1000 0100 0010 0001 0000 1 2 3 4 S RO (IAR) Rl R2 X'OO' X'Ol' X'02' X'OO' X'Ol' X'02' X'OB' X'09' X'OA' X'lO' X'll' X'12' X'lB' X'19' X'lA' R3 X'03' X'03' X'OB' X'13' X'lB' R4 RS X'04' X'04' X'OC' X'14' X'lC' X'OS' X'OS' X'OD' X'lS' X'lD' R6 R7 X'06' X'06' X'OE' X'16' X'lE' X'07' X'07' X'OF' X'17' X'lF' Data displayed in display A defines either the error code, looping count or the routine starting address. Initial Test Description X370SADA Page No. 4.7 '/,m Or ( '" D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGONSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INITIAL TEST PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION .,. ,r o If the program stop light is not on, the data in Display A equals the looping count. If the program stop light is on and display B byte 1, bit 3 is not on, the data in display A equals the error code. DISPLAY A BYTE X 6 7 o 0 BYTE 0 1 234 567 o 0 X X 0 0 0 0 o BYTE 1 o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 o 0 XX XX XX 'e\ ~ If byte 0 bit 2 or 3 is on, the error code is common to many routines and is listed in the back of the Initial Test Symptom Index. ,: . 4.1.6.1 TROUBLE SHOOTING HINTS The majority of the Initial Test routines are straight line code (no looping or subroutines). As a result, by taking the address of a given output X'70' instruction and displaying the starting address of that routine, the CE can use the address compare interrupt capability to pin point the failing instruction. The Symptom Index supplies the critical data and expected CZ latches. '\ ",'" " (1 .. \::, j !' " I -·.··7 (~~ j' Page No. 4.8 X3705ADA-AEA Initial Test Description (-) # \, ~_/ (") 1 ~~ o I. IJ"W,.'·P·'''M. t' • • •o o o o e • I • • • • • • • • '"" "f'U II pt'jHff" tWW'k!lMtII' 'KW'IW Mltl w "/LW,u!:IIJI-HIf',* Me. i WP UW,",,,M' f'!!'HlN 51f1HdWlt NY' fblhMiWM''fw'NM'H'ff'l\wNrN'''' N!"Ndl , IILIfWMfHwwW9'" IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L hIH"·ft!d"Pftf!'dlNWOW HHN.WI".""",.,,,, t D99-3705D-06 5.0 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 5.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST DESCRIPTION AND PURPOSE Panel line test T3705L is a standalone version of the Network Control Program 4 (NCP4) line test function. This test ;s similar to the Emulation Program (EP) panel line test. This routine may be used when neither He? nOr EP is available to test the communications line via the IBM 3705 control panel. This test supports start-stop and Bse lines attached to the type 2 communication scanner and BSC line attached to the type 3 communication scanner. This test is capable of: Sending characters continuously • Addressing a terminal and looking for a valid response. Polling a terminal and receiving data. Originating an Autocall operation. Handling an Autoanswer operation. The CE has responsibility for entering a line address, the set mode data, building a selection/polling control character scheme, and building a data stream for the test. 5.1.1 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST REQUIREMENTS This test requires a dedicated IBM 3705 Communications Controller. Line configuration (CDS) is not required for this test. This test does not run under control of the diagnostic control module (DCM). Valid addresses must be entered for line testing. 5.2 T3705L PANEL LINE TEST OPERATING PROCEDURES The following steps explain how to load and run T3705L panel line test: 1. Press the LOAD push button on the IBM 3705. Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.1 t#tc l o D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL c 2. Respond to the DEV/TEST/OPTIONS CPU console with message at the host Ol,'xxx/t3705l/nfe,ext=nnny/' ~ Whe~e ~equest xxx is the IBM 3705 channel add~ess. FFFF 3. The test light should come on when the test is loaded and ~eady to execute. Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT Switch to FUNCTION 1 to ente~ the test options. Display A and B should contain X'FFFF'. OOFl 4. Set STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA Switch B to 1 and p~ess the INTERRUPT push button. Display A should contain X'OOFl'. Ente~ the line ~dd~ess to be tested as XYYY and p~ess the START push button. Where YYY represents the desired line ABAR address ( ex: 0840 ) and x indicates one of the following; c c , -' C Switch B = 0 if testing a type 2 communication scanner. Switch B = 8 if testing a type 3 communication scanner. Switch B = C if testing a type 3 communication scanner with 'new sync' lead in the line being tested. 00F2 5. Di splay A should contai n X' OOF2'.· Enter the set mode data, LCD, and PCF turn character as follows: c STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA Switches BCD E PCF (turn character) C = transmit turn RTS off D = transmit turn RTS on / LCD (see table) Set mode data (s~e table) () Page No. 5.2 T370SL Panel Line Test ,f"I J... '\.:j' ~ !"lff' *" I Hii,ldMt+ ttr¥trldr#±l jl i 'fWtII/' ••'P'!lMW'.W"'f • • •W ... 'af!lll'.1fII It'WlIb*M'fiI" III '¥eM IUrlfI'!"NttlLKW'f"WlMt !"YUufl"fllM'H!m"'C H!'¥"W'H"td! , f' 'f r " L! til "1M' ttl IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL ! 4,H! Mb Switch B C o o o o 0 1 o o o 2 3 o 4 1 2 8 0 0 4 0 Description Select Oscillator 0 Select Oscillator 1 Select Oscillator 2 Select Oscillator 3 Data Rate Select External Clock Synchonous Clock Data Terminal Ready Diagnostic Table of LCDs •: Type 2 Communication Scanner Hex 0 1 I , Definition SS 9/6 " 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F SS 8/5 Autocall SS 9/7 SS 10/7 SS 10/8 SS 11/8 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved BSC EBCDIC BSC USASCII Reserved Feedback Check Type 3 Communication Scanner Hex 4 5 6 Definiti.on EBCDIC ASCII XPHT ASCII Press the START push button. OOF3 6 .. Display A should contain X'OOF3'. SYN/PAD characters as follows: Enter the control and Switches BCD E Panel Line Test r 099-3705D-06 Table of SET MODE DATA o o o • •• • • • • • • ill'r T3705L Page No. 5.3 ! hltt!l!ht D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L Autocall Monitor RI Duplex Half Duplex 2 0 X X lOX X o 8 X X o 0 X X Where XX represents a SYN character for BSC operation, or PAD characters for start stoP. Press the START push button. OOF4 7. This step only if Autocall or Duplex was specified in Step 6. Display A should contain X'OOF4', enter the Autocall line address. Press the START push button. OOFS 8. This step only if Autocall or Duplex was specified in Step 6. Display A should contain X'OOF5'. Enter the Duplex receive line address. Press the START push button. FFFF 9. Display A and 'B should contain X'FFFF'. follows: Set the switches as Switches BCD E Init line 2 X X X Where X represents unused data. Press the INTERRUPT push button. 10. Set the switches as follows: switches BCD E 4 0 X X Execute a setmode with data specified in step 5. Where XX represents the upper scan limit bits for high speed lines. Press the INTERRUPT push button. 11. Page ~o. Enter the test functions desired according to the following charts. If display A and B contain X'OOOO', an invalid 5.4 T370SL Panel Line Test o o o o lid" ! II ! o • •o o o o e entry ocurred. 5.2.1 DEFINITION OF DISPLAY A & B DURING TEST CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY OUTPUT +--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+ I I I I I I I Bits I I Byte X 6 7 I I Byte 0 0123 4567 I I Byte 1 0123 4567 I I 0 0 0 I I I I xxxx I I I I xxxx I I I I I I I I xxxx I I I I xxxx +--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+ I I I I DISPLAY A I ICW Bits I lCW Fields I 0 0 0 I xxxx 0--7 SCF xxxx 8--15 PDF +--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+ I I I I I I I I I • D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL DISPLAY B I ICW Bits I ICW Fields I I 0 0 0 0 xxxx 16-23 LCD PCF xxxx DS LEADS I I I I +--------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+ Ie •• • •• Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.5 o 099-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL DATA SET LEADS DISPLAY +-------------------------------+-------------------------------+ I BYTE 1 I BYTE 1 I +-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+ I Bit I Dats Line I Bit I *Auto-csll I +-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+ I 0 I Clear to Send 0 I Abandon Call and Retry I I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I Ring Indicator I Data Set Ready I Receive Line Signal f Receive D~ta Bit Buffer I Diagnostic Wrap Mode I Bit Service Request I Zero (not used) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 I I I I I I I Present Next Digit Data Line Occupied Digit Present Call Request Call Originating Status Bit Service Request Interrupt Remember I I I I I I I +-----+-------------------------+-----+-------------------------+ *The LCD displays a X'3' dial line information. (auto-dial) when the OS Leads display \ Page No. 5.6 T370SL Panel Line Test \~ / o (7- ;'\fJMillull+" o \H! • • •o o o •o • I • • • • • • • • • #" *htlJHMt5t!¥b " HbMtHt ! 1 " I I rl II' t rid II II [! ,tlJ", , d i!!i\H!!V#'H! 'ONt',¥,' 1 ±"H' "HS:It,ngfflhtl''#MH'tlt'!L!!,'''N''fWl'''f''lWf liiNdWttI.,Itf"!5!!I',lbT !.'IHWI'MIIM "f I ""'tlLdeut.'!" 099-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL 5.3 TEST FUNCTION CHARTS 5.3.1 TEST FUNCTION CHART 1 +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ IADDRESS/DATAI ADDRESS/DATA I Functions I I Switches Band C ISwitches D and EI I Input Data By tel Descriptions +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ Transmit 42 None IPlaces the PAD/SYN I Initi~l Icharacter into the Iline's SDF ~nd PDF land sets the PCF Istate to X'B'. When Ithe PCF state goes Ito X'9' the PAD/SYN ch~racter is tr~ns- mitted repeatedly. I I I I I i I ! I Transmit test Character and Fill 43 Transmit Test Character andl Repeat I 44 Test Character Reads the test ch~r-I acter from ADDRESS/ DATA switches D and E and places it in the line's PDF. The line must be in transmit mode already (PCF state X'9'). The test character is transmitted once and the PAD/SYN character repeatedly thereafter. I I I I I I Panel Line Test Test Character I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Reads the test char-I acter from ADDRESS/ I DATA switches D and I E and places it in I the line's PCF. The I line must be in I transmit mode I already (PDF state I X'9'). The test I character ;s trans- I T370Sl Page No. 5.7 !""'""M' - ...... _--_ .. -- ... ._----.-._-----~ 0' o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 099-37050-06 mitted repeatedly. Transmit Test Character and Turn to Receive 45 Autoanswer (Buffer 0/1 if reply) Page No. 5.8 46 T3705L Test Character O(X) digit Reads the test character from ADDRESS/ DATA switches 0 and E and places it in the line's PDF. The line must be in transmit mode already (PCF state X'9'). The test character is transmitted, then the line is turned around to the receive state. When the line begins to receive ch~racters, the first 15 characters are stored in the LTS data buffers beginning with the second byte. The first byte contains the last character tr~nsmitted (the test character). If more than 15 characters are received, subsequent characters are overlapped into the last byte position of the data buffer. Performs set mode operation with data terminal ready on. When someone dials in, a test is made for start-stop or SSC operation. For start-stop PCF state X'7' (receive) is Panel Line Test o o o (~ . "'\ C o o () i -.-----------~-~~- o o •o o o o o o o \~r', I ':11, I 099-37050'-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL set. F~r BSC, state I XIS' (monitor for I phase) is set. When I character 'phase is I detected state X'7' I (receive) is set. Ifl Byt~ 1, bit 7 is I zero and the reI ceived compare char-I acter compares with one of the compare characters, the line is set to transmit mode and buffer 0 ;s transmitted. If bit 7 is one, buffer 1 is transmitted. NOTE: Display the LTS to see the data received. See Appendix C for a layout of the LTS. +-------------+------------+-----------~----+-------------------~+ o •• • • • • • • Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.9 I . _• • ~_~~ _ _ " • • _ . _• • - ••• " 0 0.0_" _ _ _0 , _ __ o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 099-37050-06 5.3.2 TEST FUNCTION CHART 2 +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ I IADDRESS/DATAI ADDRESS/DATA I I I Functions I I Switches Band C ISwitches D and EI I Input Data By tel Descriptions +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ I IDial Digit Loads the dial digit from ADDRESS/DATA switch E into a 16 position buffer. The last digit loaded must be X'F'. X'F' indicates the end of the dial digits. 47 I I I Dial Operate 48 (Buffer 0/1 if reply) Page No. 5.10 T3705L (Y) (X) digit Transmits dial digits previously loaded to the auto-call unit. If switch position ~ is 0, the dial digits are transmitted to the auto-call unit, if nonzero the sequence ends after the number of dial digits specified in E have been transmitted. When the dial is completed, the line ;s put in receive mode. If Byte 1, bit 3 is zero and a received character compares with one of the compare characters, the line is set to transmit mode and buffer 0 is transmitted. If bit 3 is 1, buffer 1 is Panel Line Test / '\ () c o 'k'!l"!!" , ','um rtht't o · • • •o tie",. .'WW'-YifH rl' 'LI '\' 'li 'd"* ""' 'MnN "WI"IflU,.","MI& P'''' Wtttt'''H"' n,wrlf" ,'WYbI'lfWMIM,,,,, "d'"'!!!I"1 II "N"'IH'H , UW ' ,ub"" "PWII!-W.,·W!I'N'VM·"WIKl!MI1f 1 ,1 i • •• • • • • • • "'HIMI' Y' M .'PW,"".IHIW'.' 'aUU"hfLMWH!:llHJ!N'Hh'tJlWY'f! lim" fdf!WlfllHY transmitted. Data Rate 49 FF=high rate, OO=low rate Selects the high or low data rate for a line previously defined in test. Receive Mode 4A None Places the line in receive mode and places the first character received in the first position of the data buffer. If more than 16 characters are received, subsequent characters overlap into the last byte position of the data buffer. Change PCF trun character 4B Turn character Changes the PCF turn character to the value set in ADDRESS/DATA switch E. DISPLAY D should be set to zero. Display LTS 4C Displacement into LTS Displays two half words of the line test control block (LTS) beginning at the displacement specified in ADDRESS/DATA switches D and E. See Appendix C for a layout of the LTS. Transmit Buffer 0 or 1 4F o •'/ • D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L () o o H' pM' Panel Line Test E - 0 (Buffer 0) The line is set to E - 1 (Buffer 1) transmit mode (PCF state X'B'). When PCF state X'8' goes to PCF state X'9' T3705L Page No. 5.11 o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL lINE TEST T3705l 099-37050-06 buffer 0 is transmitted if Byte 1, bit 7 is zero. If bit 7 is one, buffer 1 ;s transmitted. When the corresponding transmit end compare character is detected, the line ;s turned around to receive mode. End Test 50 O(X) digit If Byte 1, bit 7 is 0, the test is ended, the line test control block (lTS) is cleared, ~nd the line is placed in a INO-OP state (drops IDTR and resets opItions selected by Iset mode). If bit 7 lis 1, the line reImains enabled (OTR lactive). +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ Page No. 5.12 T3705l Panel Line Test c (} c M, ,1 !iHIl.W I !!iN JIIO! \' U 1 I o • • •o o o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 5.3.3 TEST FUNCTION CHART 3 +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ I IADDRESS/DATAI ADDRESS/DATA I I I I I Functions I Switches Band C ISwitches D and • Descriptions I I +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ ILoad 51 (XX) digit The character in IBuffer 0 switches D and E is stored in a 40 character buffer. Leading PADS and SYNS must be inserted for T3CS als0 1 due to the use of PCF state 'E' during the xmit operation. I Load Buffer 1 52 Load Receive Compare Character 1 53 (XX) digit The character in switches D and E is stored as the first receive compare character. Load Receive Compare Character 2 54 (XX) digit Same as Load Receive Compare Character 1 except the character is stored as the second receive compare character. Load Receive Compare Character 3 55 (XX) digit Same as Load Receive Compare Character 1 except the character is stored as the third receive compare character. Load Swap 56 (XX) digit The character in Same as "Load Buffer 0" except the character is stored in buffer 1. I, • Ie • • • • EI I Input Data By tel e "I, D99-3705D-06 Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.13 o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L Transmit Buffer 0 Compare Character D99-3705D-06 switches 0 and E (XX) is stored as the swap transmit buffer 0 compare character. Load Swap Transmit Buffsr 1 Compare Character 57 (XX) digit Same as Load Swap Transmit Buffer 0 Compare Character except the character is stored as the swap transmit buffer 1 compare character. Initialize Buffer 0 Offset 58 XX Sets in the LTS the displacement (normally X'OO') into the appropriate buffer at which the storing of data entered through the panel is to bbegin. As the data is subsequently entered, a count of the data characters will be accrued and this count will then be used by the transmit routine to determine when the line should be placed into receive mode. +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ Page No. 5.14 T3705L Panel Line Test o '[ 1/1 ! 11,IIiIHHtII'l!fHMW"EN''Y'M .'''WUlAm",: r , lIiI"I"'Y"Y''' wi HI! !I' " I "liP' IIHVlu U 'II'.,,"'!!' "il .... 1 • '·'IfI .." ....' ''''!!In., o · • • •o o o o o o 5.3.4 TEST FUN~TION CHART 4 +-------------+------------+----------------+---------~----------+ I I I Funct ions IADDRESS/DATAI ADDRESS/DATA I I Switches ISwitches 0 and EI I Band C I Input Data Byte I Descr i pt i'ons- -" I I I +-------------+------------+----------------+--------------------+ Initialize 59 XX (Same as function 58 Buffer 1 Offset BSC CRC Accumulation Buffer 0/1 SA Set Receive Mode Byte 5C I • •• • • • • • • , 099-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L Panel Line' Test except the displacement is for buffer 1. Accumulates the CRC 00 (for characters for BSC buffer 0) data (to be trans01 (for mitted> as it is buffer 1) entered into either buffer 0 or buffer 1. Allo~s the selection setting depenof certain options dent on option by setting a control selected (see byte in the LTS description) Cline test control block). Bit 3 will indicate that the option of checking for two special characters I(set by 5ubfunctions 53 and 54) in sequence in a received data stream is to bel used by the panel line test function I to determine when I the line being test-I ed should be pl~ced I into transmit mode. I Bit 6 of the con- I trol byte will I indicate that CRC I character accumula- I tion is to be I pe~formed on Bse I T3705L Page No. 5.15 o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL D99-37050-06 Idata during receive loperations. I Bit 7 will give Ithe same indication Ifor SDLC data. ,~, '~) C +------~------+----~-------+------~---------+-------------~------+ Page No. 5.16 T3705L Panel Line Test 0 \ ,, " I. +H riM W ' o · • • •o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L D99-3705D-06 5.4 LTS DESCRIPTION +----------------------------------------------------------------+ HEX I DISPLACEMENTSI 00 FIELD DESCRIPTIONS I I ILTSCTL: Control byte ILTSPDSYN: PAD or SYN I character for this I line. 1 I 02 ILTSSTMD: The system ILTSLCD: The system gonerated set mode SDF.I generated LCD value. I I • • • • • • • • • 04 ILTSXLAD: The line address of the line being tested 06 ILTSRLAD: Duplex receive line address. 08 OA OC OE 10 12 14 16 ILTSDIALL: Buffer for receive data characters or I auto-call dial digits. I IThis is the receive buffer for a type 2 communicaItion scanner and the address of the receive buffer Ifor a type 3 communication scanner. I I 18 ILTSNFCNT: Counter for non X'FF' data characters Iwhen receiving. lA ILTSNOCNT: Counter for non X'OO' data characters Iwhen receiving_ ----------------------------------------------------------------1 IE ILTSDCNT: Counter for ILTSTURN: Transmit turn I I I I auto-call dial digits and receive data characters. I I LCD/PCF I I I I ----------------------------------------------------------------1 20 ILTSACLN: Auto-call line address I ----------------------------------------------------------------1 22 ILTSXL2: Transmit Level 2 pointer I ----------------------------------------------------------------1 24 ILTSRL2: Receive Level 2 pointer I ----------------------------------------------------------------1 Panel line Test T3705L Page No. 5.17 0 • 0 D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL 26 28 . ,;:1 0 ILTSDATAP: Transmit buffer pointer ILTSRCC1: Receive compare ILTSRCC2: Receive compare ch~racter 1 I character 2 I 2A ILTSRRC3: Receive compare ILTSWAP1: Sw~p transmit character 3 I buffer 0 compare I character I I 2C ILTSWAP2: Swap transmit I buffer 1 compare I char~cter ('~ ILTSXENDO: Buffer 0 I transmit end compare I character +----------------------------------------------------------------+ C 0 C' C C --)I ;f(~, Ci_/ ,/ r Page No. 5.18 T3705L Panel Line Test o o o I ItlWW'!11M'dWIOWf'wf"II!W" im'''frg''I!J.'! J J jWfll tilt, III OW" + !l5 I "II +lUI 'h.Hf''''H WaHIII,,,"'1 i'm. IHI', U In III ' " "MY ""IHWdM" lbI lM'W"v"lII '"!. '''''''P' H ,. . nl"ww·'MW'!I!"M51W'M'M··N+'V'I5MM,,·'Y··'''f' ."""Q"'" '''iI''·.·''''LfIM' ,,' ..... "' .... DH'_..., o · • • • IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 5.5 TEST EXAMPLES () 5.5.1 WRITE DATA TO IBM 2770 (BSC LINES) o o o o Step • I • • • • • • • • • D99-37~5D-06 Functions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches Descriptions B C -D E 1 Initialize Buffer 0 5 8 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets initial Buffer 0 o·ffset. 2 Initialize Buffer 1 5 9 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets initial Buffer 1 offset. 3 Load Buffer 0 5 1 x x* Press INTERRUPT Lo~d buffer 0 with address sequence. 4 Load Buffer 1 5 2 x x** Press Accumulate CRC 5 A 0 1 5 Lo~d Buffer 1 with INTERRUPT add~e~s Press INTERRUPT Accumul~tc~ s~quence. ~nd stores eRe ; n bu,)cfcf' 1« 6 Set compare 5 3 3 D character 1 Press INTERRUPT Sets receive compare ch~"'OIctc,.. 1. 7 Set 5 6 6 1 swc.p chaf'acter 1 Press INTERRUPT Sets first swap character. 8 Set swap 5 7 7 0 character 2 2 Press INTERRUPT Sets second character'. 9 Transmit initiC\l 4 2 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets transmit state. 10 Transmit Buffer 0 4 F 0 0*** Press End test 5 0 0 1 11 Panel Line Test sw~p Transmit from buffer O. INTERRUPT Press INTERRUPT Ends the test. T3705L Page No. 5.19 o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 370S PANEL LINE TEST T370SL * D99-370SD-06 xx= X' FF' , X, AA' , X' 32' , X'32, X'37', X, FF' , X'FF', X, AA' , X'32', X'32', addr, X' 2D' , X' FF' • ** xx=X'FF', X'FF', X' AA' , X' 32' , X, 32' , X' 02' , XE3', X, C5' , X, E2 ' , X' E3' , X'40', X' C2' , X'D3', X'D6', X'C3', X' D2' , X, 15' , X'03' . c c ***'TEST BLOCK' should print out repeatedly on the terminal until step 11 ends the test. Page No. S.20 T370SL Panel Line Test C, I, !~ \~ ...;J"; ! I j rUt t I "t te , d o • • •o o o o o • I l i; 099-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L 5.5.2 READING FROM AN IBM 2770 AND ACCUMULATING CRC step Functions Descriptions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches BCD E Enter data at the terminal and press the REQUEST key. 1 2 Initialize Buffer 0 5 8 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets offset for Buffer O. 3 Load Buffer 0 5 1 x x* Press INTERRUPT Loads Buffer 0 with the polling sequence. 4 Set receive mode 5 C02 Press INTERRUPT Sets receive mode byte to BSC accumulation on receive. 5 Transmit initial 420 0 Press INTERRUPT Set transmit state. 6 Transmit Buffer 0 4 F 0 0** Press End test 5 0 0 0 'I • •• • • • • • • 7 Transmit from Buffer O. INTERRUPT Press INTERRUPT *xx= X'FF', X'AA', X'32', X'32', X'FF', X'FF', X'AA', X'32', X'32', addr, addr, X'FO', X'20', X'FF' **If data is received properly and the eRC is correct, the line turns around, transmits buffer 0 again and goes into receive mode. terminal times out. Panel Line Test T3705L The Page No. 5.21 0 0 'V IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L (-~\ 099-37050-06 C' () 5.5.3 READING DATA WITH A TWO CHARACTER COMPARE step Functions Descriptions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches BCD E 0' c Enter ABCDl234 at the terminal and press the REQUEST key. 1 2 3 Initialize Buffet" 0 5 8 0 0 Load Buffer 0 5 1 x x* Set Receive 5 C 1 0 mode 4 Press INTERRUPT Sets Buffer 0 offset. Press INTERRUPT Loads Buffer 0 with the poll sequence. Press INTERRUPT Set two character compare on receive Ie {~' ( , .J (f~ (j ( Set -first compare 5 1 5 3 C 4 Press INTERRUPT stores first receive compare character. /~ char~cter 6 Set second compare character 5 4 F 1 Press INTERRUPT Stores second receive compare character. 7 Transmit initial 4 2 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets transmit mode. 8 Transmit Buffer 0 4 F 0 0** Press 9 10 * xx Transmit from buffer O. INTERRUPT Display LTS 4 C 1 2*** INTERRUPT End Test 500 0 4 C 0 8 Press Press INTERRUPT Displays received data. Ends the test. = X'AA', X'32', X'32', X'37',X'FF', X'FF', X'AA', X'32', X'32', addr, addr, X'FO', X'2D' X'FF'. Page No. 5.22 T370SL Panel Line Test 0' )' o • • •o o o o o • I • • • • • • • • • 099-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L **If the data is received properly, the line turns around, transmits buffer 0 ag~;n and goes into receive mode. The terminal times out. ***The last received data character should be X'F1. 5.5.4 ADDRESSING AN IBM 1050 (S/S TERMINAL) USING BUFFER 0 AND 1 Functions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches BCD E Initialize Buffer 0 5 8 0 0 2 Initialize Buffer 1 3 Step Descriptions INTER~UPT Sets Initial Buffer 0 offset 5 9 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets Initial Buffer 1 offset Load Buffer 0 5 1 F F Press INTERRUPT Loads the PAD character X'FF' in buffer 0 4 Load Buffer 0 5 1 F F Press INTERRUPT 5 Load Buffer 0 5 1 7 C Press INTERRUPT Loads a circle C character into Buffer 0 6 Load Buffer 0 5 1 A 3 Press INTERRUPT Loads the terminal address X'AS' into buffer 0 7 Load Buffer 5 1 2 0 Press INTERRUPT Loads the component select address X'20' into Buffer 0 8 Load Buffer 1 5 2 F F Press INTERRUPT Loads the PAD character X'FF' into buffer 1 9 Load Buffer 1 5 2 3 4 Press INTERRUPT Loads the end of address character X'34' into Buffer 1 1 Panel Line Test Press T3705L Page No. 5.23 --~-~------------------------~~-.--,-,--.-.- IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L .. 099-37050-06 10 Load Buffer 1 5 2 X X Press INTERRUPT Loads data character X'xx' into buffer 1 c 11 Load Buffer 1 525 E Press INTERRUPT Loads a circle B character X'SE' into Buffer 1 C' G c r' \ "- ,/ / \ Page No. 5.24 T3705L Panel Line Test C~p o o • • •o o o o o • 5.5.4.1 ADDRESSING AN IBM 1050 (CONTINUED) step Functions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches BCD E 12 Load Buffer 1 5 2 y y Press INTERRUPT Loads LRC character X'yy' into Buffer 1. If the same data character is entered an even number of times in step 10, the LRC will be a circle B which can be entered for X'yy'. 13 Load Buffer 1 Swap Compare Character 5 7 3 7 Press INTERRUPT Loads the swap compare character for buffer 1. If the response from the terminal is X'37', after buffer 0 is transmitted, the line is turned around and buffer 1 is transmitted. 14 Transmit 4 F 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Transmits Buffer O. I • • • • • • • • • 099-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T3705L Descriptions NOTES: 1. 2. After step 11 is executed, Buffer 0 ;s transmitted to the address of the IBM 1050 terminal. The line is set to receive mode. If the terminal responds with a circle Y (X'37'), the line is set to transmit mode and buffer 1 is transmitted. ADDRESS/DATA switch A is always set to X'O'. Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.25 o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 370S PANEL LINE TEST T370SL D99-370SD-06 S.5.5 SENDING TO AND RECEIVING FROM A S/S TERMINAL (IBM 2741 OR IBM 3767) Step * Functions ADDRESS/ DATA Switches BCD E 1 Initialize Buffer 0 5 a 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Sets initial Buffer 0 offset 2 LOQ\d Buffer 0 S 1 x x* Press INTERRUPT Load data into Buffer O. 3 Set compare character 1 S 3 7 C Press INTERRUPT Set receive compQ\re charQ\cter 1. 4 Transmit Buffer 0 4 F 0 0 Press INTERRUPT Transmit Buffer O. Descriptions c c xx = X'FF', X'AA', X'34', X'lF', X'S4', X'20', X'10', X'70', x'oa', X'68', X'S8', X'38', X'04', X'64', X'6D', X'7C', X'FF'. 0123456789 should print out on the terminal and the terminal will go into transmit mode. Key a message into the IBM 2741 and send it to the IBM 3705. The IBM 3705 should send 0123456789. This sequence can be repeated until the test is terminated. / '\ c' Page No. 5.26 T370SL Panel Line Test 0 o o 1 I o • •• o o o o o 099-37050-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL 5.6 PANEL LINE TEST ERROR STOPS Error stops that may occur in the panel line test are indicated via display A and B. See the following list for a description of the stops and recovery actions required. ~ • • • •~ • • • Display A Display ~ Description 80Fe 80FC An unexpected level 4 interrupt occurred; only PCI level interrupts are expected. Register X'l5' contains the results of an input X'7F' instruction executed when the interrupt occurred. To recover from this stop, the program must be reloaded . 80FE 80FE An unexpected level 1 interrupt occurred. Register X'Ol' contains the ORed results of an input X'7E' and an input X'76' instruction executed when the interrupt occurred. If bits 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, or 0.4 are on, a communication scanner level 1 interrupt occurred; pressing the START pushbutton causes the program to attempt a scanner reset and restart. If none of these bits are on, another type level 1 interrupt occurred and the program must be reloaded. 80FF xxxx A program or hardware failure caused a branch to storage location X'OOOOO'. Display B contains the address of the instruction causing the branch. To recover, the program must be reloaded. I. Panel Line Test T3705L Page No. 5.27 .~-------- D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 PANEL LINE TEST T370SL (J G c This intentionallY left blank. ". ) " -' ~ .(1 I\" '\! ;/ (f '" \lJ' j c, Page No. 5.28 T3705L Panel Line Test 0'\ !()I 0) '!J o I I/! I "" , !",., I n t If! mIl! ,,, !JIII nillt! ! ,.Ht!'DlI."f"'W'LfIlHw",!!l!!if" 'WHI 'M!" . . ' ..!.I", f' , . /lw 1i!!1M 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION o APPENDIX A. CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION o o e The Channel Adapter On-Line Test (OLT) and the Internal Functional Tests (IFT), for the 3705 require 3705 hardware definition. The definition is provided in the OLT configuration data set (CDS) for the 3705. The IFT's for the 3705 are loaded into the 3705 by a host CPU program called the IFT Loader. The IFT loader is an OLT executed under an On-Line Test Executive (OS/TCAM/TOTE, OS/OLTEP,DOS/OLTEP, or OLTSEP). The IFT Loader appends the CDS to the Diagnostic Control Module (DCf1) when the DCM is loaded into the 3705. The OCM refers to the CDS as required by the requested IFT. The storage location of CDS information in the 3705 can be determined by adding the CDS byte location (from CDS Byte Column) to X'FOO'. I • • I. • • • • • • The 3705 CDS ;s composed of the following sections: Channel Data Data Block Index Part 1 Fixed Format Data Blocks Part 2 Variable Format A.l CONFIGURATION DATA SET PART 1 Part 1 format ;s fixed and is 28 bytes (X'lB') in length and is defined and punched in Columns 1-67 of Card ~l as follows: CDS Byte (Hex) Card Col. 1 Configuration Data Set Contents/Description 1 Must be blank 2-4 CDS 5-9 Blank T3705A A.l --- --,-------------~,- . '--_._-_. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- .. o o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION 0-3 10-17 4 18 19 COS Byte (Hex) 1 5 Card Col. 20-21 099-37050-06 (1 Native subchanne1 unit address in hex (right justified) (example 0000010A) The IFTs load across this channel addr. = 4 if cycle utilization counter RPQ 8Q0058 is installed = C if model J, K, or L (cycle utilization counter and 20 bit data path are installed.) Blank c Contents/Description Feature code - (CS-Comm. Scanner; CA-Channe1 Adapter) Enter only the channel adapter defined in card col 10-17. 20 4 1 21 4 2 1 A.2 T3705A 1=Storagc size greater than 64K bytes. O=Storage size 64K or less. l=NCP used. O=NCP not used. l=type 4 CA installed. O=type 4 CA not installed. l=Type 1 CS installed. O=Type 1 CS not installed. 1=Type 2 CS installed. O=Type 2 CS not installed. 1=Type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS installed. O=type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS not installed. l=Type 1 CA installed. O=Type 1 CA not installed. l=Type 2 or 3 CA installed. O=Type 2 or 3 CA not installed. 6 22-23 = 40 Class Code (terminal control unit) 7 24-25 = 06 Unit or Type Code(3705) Configuration Data Set o t d "" d ttl ItrM'."'rlt'U tfrl:HhM':!I, d LW , f ' I. t b 0 • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SeT DESCRIPTION 8 26-29 Unused, leave blank. 9 30-31 Flags 30 =4 31 = 32-35 Blank Card Col. Contents/Description 0 0 • • • OA-OB CDS Byte (Hex) 1 if Device shared wixh another system, (CPU) 4 if Two channel switch is installed on this unit OC-OD 36-39 The emulator sub-channel (ESC) unit address in Hex of lowest IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703 emulator Line address (determined by CA jumper options See Range Definition) If Type 2 or 3 CA or if Type 1 or 4 CA in NCP mode only, leave card columns 36 thru 41 blank. OE 40-41 Hexadecimal number of contiguous Emulator Line addresses (each address used in testing requires a 2701, 2, 3 CDS entry). - See Range Definition OF-13 42-51 Blank (reserved) 14-1B 52-67 Hexadecimal (EBCDIC) representation of the symbolic name of the Network Control Program (NCP) CDS. This is required by the On Line Terminal Test (OLTT). The symbolic name is assigned by the customer at SYSGEN time. Hex 'C3' ec) is to suffix the NC? CDS symbolic name. Any unused positions in this field should be filled with X'40's. For example: If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP', then this name will be 'RTPC' and I • • • • • • • • • 099-37050-06 Configuration Data Set T370SA A.3 b d6ri+r o o 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION the Hex EBCDIC representation would be: D9E3D7C340404040 If no NCP is installed, leave blank. lC-lD 68-71 Blank (allow CDS Part 2 to start on card 2) 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired information, ie 10, card count, etc. ( ) } c G o G C c c ( A.4 T3705A Configuration Data Set -'\ .11 o o o r.'f'HWHN"!IH"H!iI+"+MfHW"';,t1'WlIi;j'PW Iii ! IIIll J f dt ' "!InM!! iiii"' • ',II,n 8,Uk' {nVI'! 'id! 'Hi I H !!hel' !'WM &f 'I" \&0' ·~\IiIWHH\MMh!¥!! liN :!II' ! I'M W "+,I'·"HHHPH.",1 !:I'M' ,f'OriN! '''f' 'tNi "I, dnm! :ft'H""*PfW,Nw"UW" "1:111'.',&'."1 flNM NIL tlldM! i 't!U 'IMY N'W"'WIHflHH'h'!I"W"""!tHyu,'tltlW'!! u • • •o o o • • • I • • • • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION 099-37050-06 A.1.1 RANGE DEFINITION It is mandatory that each address ;n the described Emulator address range be defined by a IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703 CDS entry in order to use that address as a test device address. I t ; s recommended that a CDS entry be included for all addresses in the range in order to prevent a 'NO CDS ENTRY' message for each undefined address. If it is necessary to use a large range of emulator addresses, the following dummy CDS entry can be used for each unused subchannel address to minimize the OLT printouts: Card Col Punch 2-4 CDS 10-17 DEV ADDR 22-25 4001 52 / Part 2 of the CDS has a variable length and is composed of the Index/Data blocks needed to define the hardware. Each hardware feature is referred to by its unique block type (i.e. CCU data block ;s type A, type 1 channel adapter data block is type B, etc.) The index block contains 2 bytes for each data blo~k to be defined, one byte to indicate block type and another to indicate the half-word displacement value of the corresponding data block containing the hardware definition. Each data block must start on a halfword boundary. Communication scanners 3 and 4 are contained on a symbolic CDS entry because of length restrictions. This entry is not punched unless the third or fourth communication scanners are present. This CDS entry is handled by the OLT loader and ;s not referred to by the CE when entering the 'DEV/TEST/OPT/' parameters. Following is the format for machine configuration. Punch cards as indicated using CDS card format as provided. The index identifies the hardware installed and provides a pointer to the data block containing the detailed description. If not applicable, an index entry may be left blank, or punched with zeros, but the assigned card columns must be maintained. After completing the definition of the last line sets of the last LIB installed on the 3705, insert a ' / ' in that card column that would normally start the next Scanner definition. Configuration Data Set T3705A A.5 .. l, I 0 IBM 3705 CO~MUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION ***Index CDS Byte D99-3705D-06 0 Part 2*** Card Col 0 Contents(Type-Address) 1-15 Must be blank 0 0 C 0 / 1E-1F F 20-21 16-19 Vi1 23 (A) CCU 20-23 F22-23 24-27 F-24-25 28-31 26-27 32-35 28-29 36-39 2A-2B 40-43 2C-2D 44-47 2E-2F 48-51 22 23 CA) Storage 8SM 2 (Blank if FET storage) 32 23 CA) Storage BSM 3 (Blank if FET storage) 42 23 CA) Storage BSM 4 (Blank if FET storage) 52 23 CA) Storage BSM 5 (Blank if FET storage) 62 23 (A) storage BSM 6 (Blank if FET storage) 72 23 CA) Storage BSM 7 (Blank if FET storage) 82 23 CA) storage BSM 8 (Blank if FET storage) ~;f2 23 CA) Storage 8SM 1 or FET storage installed C I'" \ \,-/, !~\ ""-'" C ,-'~/ I. / I 30-31 A.6 T3705A 52-55 32-33 56-59 34-35 60-63 1 " Adapter Number/IFT Number - (00 or I blank if not installed) I CDS Address of Data Block - pointer to I I adapter description I I Block type - data block containing I I I adapter description Description 2 () 13 22 (B) Type 1 CA in 1st position. 14 22 ec) If type 2 or type 3 CA in 1st position. ~~i 22 (C) If type 4 CA in 1st position • . 24 24 (C) If type 2 or type 3 eA in 2nd position. 29 24 CC) If type 4 CA in 2nd position. 39 25 (e) If type 4 eA in 3rd position. Configuration Data Set "- \1 \jI 0 L: 0 U 0 0 I ~~ .. J!II!II'j!!!'t'!!I!'!!!!!!!!! o • • •o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION . 36-37 38-39 64-67 68-71 o o •o • 72 Card CDS Byte Card Col 3A-3B 1-15 16-19 • • • • • • • 49 26 (C) If type 4 CA in 4th PQsition • Enter one of the following for the communication scanner in the first frame: 15 27 CO) If type 1 communication scanner is first scanner. This entry may be punched in card col 64-67 without causing an error. (0) 27 If type 2 communication scanner 06 is first _scanner 17 27 (0) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed communication scanner is the first scanner 3 •• 099-37050-06 Continuation character (any character except /) Contents(Type-Address) Must be blank Enter one of the following for the communication scanner in the second frame: 26 3D (E) If type 2 communication scanner is the second scanner 27 3D (E) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed communications scanner is the second scanner 3C-3D 20-23 Enter one of the following for the communication scanner in the third frame: 36 91 (E) If type 2 communication scanner is the third scanner 37 91 (E> If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed communications scanner is the third scanner 3E-3F 24-27 Configuration Data Set Enter one of the following for the communication scanner in the fourth frame: T370SA A.7 --------------. - - - -- .- - -- ... --.--.----~~~~- o D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION If type 2 communication scanner' is the four'th scanner' 47 BO (E) If type 3 or type 3 Hi Speed communication scanner ;s the fourth scanner 46 BO 40-41 42-43 28-31 32-35 (E) Blank (r'eserved) FFFF End of index o o c o o c The definition of each block type follows. c (~ \ A.a T370SA Configuration Data Set c o o I 11'11' 1HmnLIhP'l!d' I 'WM "'ee""'frH'I''*"Ier,.,,, , , 'i n! ~"H H' 1 Y'& I + o o • •o o A.2.0 CHANNEL ADAPTER BLOCKS A.2.1.0 FIRST CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block defines the channel adapter in the first machine This may be a type 1, 2, 3, or 4 channel adapter. o • • • CDS Byte Card Col coo 44 36-37 NSC unit address - interface A COl 45 38 Governor speed for cycle steal (normally jumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl Block Addr 3 contents = 0 if type 1 or type 4 channel adapter The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapter when EC 318882 is not installed. = 1 if 49K bytes = 2 if 92K bytes = 3 if 188K bytes I • • • • • • • • • D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION =4 if 277K bytes The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapter when EC 318882 is installed. =9 =A if if = B if = C if 39 Configuration Data Set 49K bytes 92K bytes 188K bytes 277K bytes = 1 This data block is for 1st machine fr~me channel adapter. T3705A A.9 0; IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION 099-37050-06 o C~ A.2.1.1 CCU DEFINITION - BLOCK A This CDS block defines the central control Card Block Addr 3 *** [. AOO CDS Byte Card Col CCU - BLOCK 46 40-41 un;~. Contents *** Define storage type and size The following is for Bridge storage: = 01 = 02 = 03 = 04 05 = 06 = = 07 = 08 o o c if 16K if 48K if 80K if 112K if 144K if 176K if 208K if 240K The following is for FET storage: = 81 = 82 = 83 = 84 = 85 = 86 = 87 = 88 SA = 8C = BE = 90 = 47 42-43 if 32K if 64K if 96K if if if if if if if if if 128K 160K 192K 224K 256K 320K 380K 448K 512K Defines RPQ Features. ( "\ ,./ C C' A.I0 T370SA Configuration Data Set o o ',1: ,,\,j, ',LI 'W' 'eMt' I,tnt t ttC,C"H"'M*Ufb ' , o • • • •o • • • • D99-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION Card Block Addr AOI CDS Byte Card Col 47 42 43 Comments = 00 =1 =2 =6 = if If If If If no RPQ's no RPQ's RPQ 858655 installed. RPQ 858911 installed. RPQ's 858911 and MK5393 are installed. I • • • • • • • • • Configuration Data Set T370SA A.I! .. 0 .1 0 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION 099-37050-06 0 (~ A.2.1.2 SECOND CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block de'fines the channel adapter in the second position. The channel adapter in this position may be type 2, 3, or 4. Card 3 Block Addr CDS Byte Card Col COO 48 44-45 COl 49 46 Contents Native sub-channel (NSCl unit address Interface A Governor speed for cycle steal (normally jumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl =0 if type 4 channel adapter The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapte~ when EC 318882 ;s not installed. =1 =2 =3 = if if if 4 if C 0 C C C (\ j' 49K bytes 92K bytes l88K bytes 277K bytes The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapter when EC 318882 is installed. =9 if if B if C if =A 47 = = =1 = A.12 T3705A 49K bytes 92K bytes l88K bytes 277K bytes If the 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type 4 and is located in the 1st machine frame. 2 If 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type 2 or 3 Channel Adapter. If the 2nd Channel Adapter is a Type 4 in the 2nd machine frame. Configuration Data Set () Oi1 o o .at.&!e!+!+bbrlb'· ntttttt I , W' t t tl * 5'18 I I " .bw",8/","rr±ne' t '¢tt I t hi • b if Un I II%*, t , **tb SC·H·-ftI!LMMY""M'! 0 • • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D99,-3705D-06 A.2.1.3 THIRD CHANNEL ADAPTER - BLOCK C - SECOND MACHINE FRAME Thi s CDS block defi nas the thi rd channel adapter whi ch must, be located in the second machine frame. The adapter can only be type 4. CDS Byte Card Col coo 4A 48-49 NSC unit address - interface A COl 4B 50 Governor speed for 51 =0 =2 Block Add" 3 Contents cyclesteal~ For type 4 channel adapter This data block is for 2nd machine frame channel adapter. A.2.l.4 FOURTH TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER - BLOCK C - SECOND MACHINE FRAME (Leave this block blank if no CA installed). CDS Byte Card Col coo 4C 52-53 NSC unit address - COl 4D 54 Governor speed for cycle steal Block Addr 3 Contents interface A = 0 For type 4 channel adapter 55 Configuration Data Set =2 This data block is for 2nd machine frame channel adapter. T3705A A.13 o D99-3705D-06 XBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION A.2.1.S FIRST COMMUNICATION SCANNER DEFINITION - BLOCK D This CDS block defines the first communication scanner installed. The scannop may be type 1, 2, or 3. The definition of each block type follows. Blo~k Add .. 3 DOO DOl c o G CDS Byte Card Col 4E 56-57 CS type defined by this block. 56 57 = 84 =3 = =2 =0 4F-SO 58-61 Blank Sl 62-63 RPQ description Byte. 62 63 =0 =0 Contents if type 1 if type 2 if type 3 scanner. if type 3 o c communication scanner. communication scanner. Hi-Speed communication communication scanner. c first CS address bits. (reserved spare) If no RPQ's The following is for type 2 scanner: = 21 = = 48 = if if if if RPQ 858657 RPQ 85B680 RPQ 858678 RPQ 530114 / The ,!ollowing is for type 3 scanner: = 1 if RPQ 858912 = 2 if RPQ EH4100 A.14 T3705A Configuration Data Set c o o o o ~, • •o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D02 52 64-65 o Speed of oscillator position 1 (osc 00) Multi-speed clock with type 3 communication scanner has 150, 600, and 1200 bps oscillato~. Code 00 01 03 05 07 09 o • • • Speed If not installed 45.5 BPS 50.0 56.89 74.2 75.0 100.0 ' 110.0 134.5 150.0 200.0 300.0 600.0 950.0 1200.0 RPQ (M02116) 1050.0 ' 2000.0 2400.0 OB OD -'OF 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 ,--19 I • • • • • • • • • D99-3705D-06 v_IS Ref OSC postion 1 Definition for the following: D03 53 66-67 Speed of oscillator position 2 (osc 01) D04 54 68-69 Speed of oscillato~ position 3 (osc 02) DOS 55 70-71 Speed of oscillato~ position 4 (osc 03) 72 73-80 Block Add~ CDS Byte 4 'Confi gurati on Data Set Continuation , except /) ~ny cha~acte~ (any characte~ desired data (ref card 1) Card Col contents 1-15 Must be blank T370SA A.IS o I D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D06 56 D07 57 18-19 008 58 20-21 009 59 22-23 DOA 5A-61 24-39 DOA SA DOB 58 DOC DOD 50 SC DOE SE SF OOF 010 011 60 61 Code 00 01 A.16 16-17 T370SA 24-25 26-27 28-29 30-31 32-33 34-35 36-37 38-39 --'I ( C,ode = LIB type - 'posi ti on 1 if not installed = 00 iT Type 1 01 = 02 if 2 = 03 iT Type Type 3 = etc. iT Type 10 = OA Type 11 OB = OC iT Type 12 if = ,I c c c = LIB Type - position 2 Code = LIB Type - position 3 Code = LIB type - position 4 Not vaild for type 3 scanner. Code Code for line set types installed in LIB position 1 Lines Lines Lines Lines Lines Lines Lines Lines Line Set 0 8: 1 2, 8: 3 4 & S 6 8: 7 8 8: 9 A 8: B C 8: D E 8: F / \. ~ None. Use this code to deTine a pair of line addresses that are not used or not installed. A (e.g. la, 2a, 3a, 4a, etc.) Use this code to define a pair of installed line addresses for a LIB type that does not have a line set type specified. (e.g. LIB type 7) B (e.g. 1b, 3b, ,4b, etc.) C (e. g. 1c, 4c, etc.), 02 03 04 o OS E 06 F Configuration Data set ( \. ". ./ o 0 1 _I"~,' o I ,:;,.,te,tw#ihtW#H'tfM'fH±Iri'b'h t ri tb + H d t= '±+at ±rl t J • • • • • • • • • I • 5 *H t I IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DATA SET DESCRIPTION 07 08 OA OB OD OEOE G or GA H J K S T or TA (must define 2 partitions for each line set> U (must define 2 partitions for each line set) OFOF 10 1313 W Z (must define 2 partitions for each line set) ALC RPQ (858657) type 2 scanner only Reverse Chan RPQ (858664) type 2 scanner only x-v Plotter RPQ (858663) type 2 scanner only N jumpered for medium speed operation (9600 bits per second or less) N jumpered for high speed operation (greater than 9600 bits per second, must define 2 partitions) 30 34 38 39 3A3A Card - bt D99-3705D-06 CONFIGURA~ION I • • • • • • • • dts D12 62-69 40-55 Line set type codes installed in LIB position 2 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1) D13 6A-71 56-71 Line set type codes installed in LIB position 3 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1> 72 Continuation character (any character except / ) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) Block Addr CDS Byte 5 Cal'd Col 1-15 72-79 Configuration Data Set 16-31 Contents Must be blank Code for line set types installed in LIB position 4 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1) Not valid for type 3 scanner. T3705A A.17 - ---- --- ~-- .... ----~-- ----- ----- -.....-- ---.-------------- -- --- L o 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION A.2.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - SECOND SCANNER BLOCK E c The type 2 or type 3 scanner defined by block type E is identical to block type D except for the installed position and number of LIBs available. Refer to block D for the format. If no scanner is ;nst~lled in this position ~nd no further date blocks are required, punch a slash (/) in the 1st column of this block and omit the continuation character for this card to end the CDS (no further punching is required). (r' ~Y Card 5 Addr EOO Byte 7A Contents Col 32-33 CS defined by this block 32 = 4 If type 2 communication scanner 3 If type 3 Hi-Speed Communication Scanner 2 If type 3 communication scanner 33 = 1 CS address bits for 2nd Scanner. 7B-7C 34-37 Blank 70 38-39 RPQ Definition Byte (Refer to CS1) E02 7E-81 40-47 Oscillator speed codes E06 82-87 48-59 LIB type codes EOC 88-80 60-71 LIB position 1 line set types lines 0-8 72 Continuation character (any character except / ) 73-80 Any Desired Data (Ref card 1) EOl Card Block Addr CDS Bvte 6 Card Col 1-15 8E-SF 16-19 Contents Must be blank LIB position 1 line set types lines C~NF (" J • ;;.71 c A.lS T370SA Configuration Data Set o c o o o • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 ElO 90-97 20-35 LIB position 2 line set types lines O-F E14 98-9F 36-51 LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F E18 AO-A7 52-67 LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F ElC A8-A9 68-71 LIB position 5 line set types lines 0-3 Not valid for type 3 scanner. 72 Continuation Character (any character except /) 73-80 7 1-15 E20 Any desired data (See card 1) Must be blank AA-AF 16-27 LIB position 5 line set types lines 4-F Not valid for type 3 scanner. BO-B7 28-43 LIB position 6 line set types lines O-F Not valid for type 3 scanner. B8-Be 44-53 Blank BD-C2 54-65 C3E4F3F7FOF5 if communication scanner is installed in frame 3 or 4. C3-C4 66-69 Hexadecimal representation of unique two digit identification number assigned by the CE to this CDS. Example: ID number 01 would be - "FOF1". IF a 3rd or 4th CS is installed, this number must be the same as that in col. 42-43 of the symbolic CDS entry. 70 Slash (/) 73-80 Any desired data (ref. card 1> T3705A A.19 o o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA seT DESCRIPTION 099-37050-06 A.2.3 SYMBOLIC CDS ENTRY FOR COMMUNICATION SCANNERS 3 AND 4 This CDS entry is necessary only when the third or fourth communication scanners are present. The symbolic n~me of this. CDS will be the characters CU370S plus a unique two digit identification number. An example would be "CU370S0l". This CDS entry will only be used by T3705A. NO Reference to this CDS entry should ~ be made with the "Device/TEST/OPT/" parameter. This CDS entry must be placed directly behind the first CDS entry for this device. Block Addr 1 CDS Byte Card Col Contents/Description 1 Must be blank 2-4 CDS 5-21 Blank 22-23 = 40 class code 24-25 = 06 26-29 Blank 30-31 = 08 32-35 Blank 36-41 = CU3705 42-43 = Two digit identification unit or type code of this box's COS. Example: 01 44-71 Blank 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) , / (~ A.20 T3705A Configuration Data Set C, , ( ,. ;: o p,j,'rJH' 'i '! ! Ii I ft" U 111111 liB!! ,!I!! 'lit Wnt!,! mrW''''WbH''H'fLW'UNHlhII'MM''b.'N . . . .·.IAWyu!Il!'...y Itee"!IwI!o!Iw + • * o • • • •o • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CO; ':"'",LLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESC..~ ... PTION A.2.3.1 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - THIRD SCANNER BLOCK E Refer to the note in second scanner. Block CDS Card Ce-al"d Addr Byte Col Contents 1-15 2 EOO 122 16-17 16 I • • • • • • • • • 099-37050-06 Must be blank Installed CS configuration =4 If type 2 communication scanner = 3 If type 3 Hi-Speed communication 17 123-124 18-21 scanner If type 3 communication scanner (CS Adr bits for 3rd Scanner) Blank 125 RPQ 22-23 =2 =2 definition byte (refer to CS1) E02 126-129 24-31 Oscillator speed codes E06 12A-12F 32-43 LIB type codes EOC 130-137 44-59 LIB position 1 line set types lines O-F E12 138-130 60-71 LIB position 2 line set types lines 0-8 Block Addr CDS Byte 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (refer to card 1) Card Col 1-15 3 Contents Must be blank 13E-13F 16-19 LIB postion 2 line set types lines C-F E14 140-147 20-35 LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F E18 148-14F 36-51 LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F EIC 150-157 52-67 LIB position 5 line set types lines O-F Configuration Data Set T3705A A.21 tnt t o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 ( " ",' Not valid for type 3 scanner. C' LIB position 6 line set types lines 0-3 Not valid for type 3 scanner. c 'I' E20 158-159 68-71 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) 4 1-15 \ c c Must be blank 15A-15F 16-27 LIB position 6 line set types lines 4-F Not valid for type 3 scanner. A.2.3.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - FOURTH SCANNNER BLOCK E I:C c Refer to the note in the second scanner Contents / I EOO 160 28-29 Installed CS configuration 28 = 4 If type 2 communication scanner = 3 If type 3 Hi-Speed communication = = 29 scanner 2 If type 3 communication scanner 3 (CS Adr bits for 4th Scanner) 161-162 30-33 Blank 163 RPQ definition byte (refer to CS1) 34-35 E02 164-167 36-43 Oscillator speed codes E06 168-16D 44-55 LIB type codes EOC 16E-l75 56-71 LIB position 1 line set types lines O-F 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) ""i~7 \ / C A.22 T3705A ----------------~---- Configuration Data Set -- ---- - --, , -~-~ O~I o o ""I 'HAUl! lHI1'!t/Jl:1!!I!1 I!UII I. !II PM I o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION o Block Addr • • • Card Col 1-15 5 • I • •• • • • COS Byte 099-37050-06 Contents Must be blank E12 176-170 16-31 LIB position 2 line set types lines O-F E14 17E-1B5 32-47 LIB position 3 line set types lines O-F E18 186-180 48-63 LIB position 4 line set types lines O-F E1C 1BE-1BF 64-71 LIB position 5 line set types lines 0-7 Not valid for type 3 scanner. Block Addr CDS Byte 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) Card Col 1-15 6 E20 Contents Must be blank 190-195 16-23 LIB position 5 line set types lines 8-F Not valid for type 3 scanner. 196-19D 24-39 LIB position 6 line set types lines O-F Not valid for type 3 scanner. 40 SLASH (/) End of CDS The punched card format of the 3705 CDS is as follows: Card 1 1 Blank 2-4 CDS 5-9 Blanks 10-25 Configuration Data Set Bytes 0 to 7 of the CDS (one Hex character per column) T3705A A.23 o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SeT DESCRIPTION Card 2 099-37050-06 26-29 Blanks (becomes byte 8 of CDS) 30-31 Flags (byte 9 of CDS) 32-51 Zeros (bytes 10-19 (X'OA'-X'13') of CDS) 52-67 Symbolic name of CDS for network control pr09r~m (bytes 20-27 (X'14'-X'1B) of CDS) 68-71 First two bytes of variable data (bytes 28-29 (X'lC'-X'ID') of CDS) 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired information, such as machine ID, card count, etc. 1-15 ( Blanks 16-71 Bytes 30-57 (X'lE'-X'39') of the CDS (one Hex character per column) 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (refer to Card 1) Cards 3-6 Same format as Card 2. Card 3 CDS bytes 58-85 (X'3A'-X'55') Card 4 CDS bytes 86-113 (X'56'-X'71') Card 5 CDS bytes 114-141 (X'72'-X'8D') Card 6 CDS bytes 142-169 (X'BE'-X'A9') Card 7 1-15 (~ Blanks C' /' A.24 T3705A Configuration Data Set o o o ...!.L.-. -I ,Llwf' dltnrW'*tt ddrlpt. t htt t I rit hi #7##+ i dut#HftzHr£ww4+z Le" i Ibn!' b'i! I a/flrrl !} II 'IVW',,'II'''1j u. '/!!IU!!L"H'IfIHHHI!IHIiMIlNi'Ie.IIHI'dHLfN&!!'WLfI. . . . o • • • • • • • • • I I. II • • • • • • 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS COM7~OlleR CONFIGURATION DATA seT OESC~:?TION 16-69 COS bytes 170-196 (X'AA'-X'C4') 70 Slash (/) 71-72 Blanks 73-80 Any desired data (refer to Card 1) A.2.4.1 SYMBOLIC CDS ENTRY COMMUNICATION SCANNERS 3 AND 4 Contents Card 1 1 2-4 5-21 22-25 26-29 30-31 32-35 36-41 42-43 44-71 72 73-80 Blank CDS Blank 4006 Blank '08 Blank CU370S A unique two digit identification number assigned to the 3705 CDS. Blank Contination character (any character> Any desired data (refer to Card 1) Cards 2-5 Same format as Card 2 of first CDS. Card 2 CDS Bytes 290-317 (X'122'-X'130') Card 3 COS Bytes 318-345 (X'13E'-X'159') Card 4 CDS Bytes 346-373 (X'15A'-X'175') Card 5 CDS Bytes 374-401 (X'176'-X'18F') Card 6 1-15 16-39 40 41-72 73-80 TOTE Unit Configurator Blank (X'190'-X'19D') 402-413 CDS Bytes Slash (/) Blanks Any desired data (refer to Card 1) T3705A A.25 IJIlUOIF ------- - . ---- ---~------ ----.- --- -- --------- --- - - ---_.. - --_._--_. o o 09.9-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR The 3705 Unit Configurator requires an interface to Telecommunications On-Line Test Executive (TOTE), a sub-task of TCAM. When a TCAM MCP, message control program, is running, a configurator request message (CRM) may be entered at the system console or a remote terminal defined in the MCP. c 1("" \ The following is an ex~mple of a configurator ~equestmessage at the system console when a MCP named TeST is running: c F TEST,OLT=SYSCON///CONFIG/ Refer to the OS TCAM User's Guide, GC30-2025 for more detail on the functions of TOTE. -)I c The TOTE configurator issues the following messages: IED211I ON-LINE TESTING ACTIVE IED3351 ***CONTROL TERMINAL ID IS 01*** IED280I CONFIGURATOR STARTED *00 IED282D ENTER FUNCTION: ADD,CHANGE,DELETE,EXHIBIT, OR NONE Respond with: r OO,'add' if the CDS does not exist, 'change' to alter an existing CDS, etc. Exhibit provides a display of an existing CDS. After the above response, the TOTE Configurator requests a line address or a symbolic terminal name. To configure a 3705 with more than 2 scanners, requires two configure runs. The second run is called a CDS extension. When adding or changing the CDS, 'CU3705XX' where XX ;s a 2-digit alphanumeric entry. To define the main part of the CDS without a CDS in the CDS library, respond to the above question with the native address on the 3705. Respond with: ('''' I I -y r OO,'OOa' for example. The next question from the TOTE Configurator is: *00 IED316D IS THE DEVICE TO BE CONFIGURED A 3704? Reply YES OR NO. C: C' --" T3705A A.26 TOTE Unit Configurator o o o "hH'!!!!W'I!' P'HW'*WPM+'-,tN,.,_ t N ,'I!"l!iW!J!'lhLwM"'''' ue·"WNlttli.'P 'N" Y"." ...N,ey .... 9 _ - • •" . .' " "MI!. ",'''·''6' If ",·MP,...... "NI,. . . " - M 'If' ' .. III·' IIi!. Wn 11M .tiM"N. I'W..! l w. . .·I!'I+!!W!l!' tWW PlMY +Ii +W",*,W· !iii" '!!IfM,W'W"'wMI' M"WWW-* ...' "Wfe.tHI" &hi o • • • •o • • • • I • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR 099-37050-06 Respond with: r OO,'NO' The next question from the 3705 Unit Configurator 'IS THIS CONFIG AN EXTENSION?' Respond to the first part with: r OO,'N' or 'NO'. second part with: r OO,'yes'. Respond to the Information needed for Unit Configuration is: Is the device shared? Is the two channel switch present? Is the first ch~nnel adapter type 1 or 2? Is a second channel adapter installed? What type is the first channel adapter? The lowest emulator line address. What is the number of contiguous emulator lines installed. Does an NCP have a symbolic name for the line being configured? The letter 'C' is to suffix the NCP CDS symbolic name. For example: If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP', the NCP CDS symbolic name will be 'RTPC'. The three digit model number of the 3705, (eg. 007). Two digit address for channel 1 interface A. Two digit address for channel 2 interface A (if applicable). Governor speed for channel adapters. Oscillator speeds. What is the type of the first scanner? RPQ definition for CCU, and scanners? How many scanners? LIB types for each scanner? Line set types for each LIB. Two digit suffix for symbolic name of extended CDS (if applicable). When the question sequence following appears: REFER TO THE CDS GUIDE FOR LINE SET TYPE CODES REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR RPQ DEFINITION ENTER 00 FOR LINE SETS NOT INSTALLED *0 IEDl36D ENTER 8 (2 DIGIT) CODES FOR LIB 1 LINE SETS Respond with eight two digit codes defining the line set types for TOTE Unit Configurator, T3705A A.27 --_.. -._. --_.----------- ._-_.._--- o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR 099-3705D-06 lIB 1. The example response following is for eight line sets type A in lIB 1. r 00,'0101010101010101' When the 3705 Unit Configurator Module receives the response, control returns to the TOTE Configurator. If the library data set, into which the new CDS is to be placed, is date protected, the following message prints out at the terminal or console: *xx IECI07D E 190,YYYYYY,TEST,ZZZZZZ c c c c In this message, XX is the message ID, 190 ;s the address where the OlT library disk pack is mounted, YYYYYY is the serial number of the disk pack mounted, TEST is the name of the MCP, ZZZZZZ is the DSNAME of the OLT library. If this message occurs, respond with r xx,'u'. To add or alter a CDS extension at the 'Enter Function' request of the TOTe configurator, the following message appears: ,~ , *00 IED304D IS THIS A CDS EXTENSION CONFIGURATION? /' (~ A.28 T370SA OlTEP Unit Configurator o o o ±" I! I I I ' 191 'i!I"!~! 1& M!n!!!i "u.\tt'WM"I/'y'Y"IWNttW,,'M. .M'. . . . . 'IM!'· _ s i p . t f* o • • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • I. • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR 099-37050-06 A.4 UNIT CONFIGURATOR UNDER OLTSEP AND OLTEP Configuration data set (CDS) generation or alteration under OLTSEP may be invoked by entering a test request message to run T3700GEN. Alter an existing CDS by including EXT=CHANGE in the option field. A new CDS may be generated by not using the EXT option. COS can be generated or altered for the following areas of testing. 3705 3704 1050 2740 2741 2770 2780 2792 3270 3780 RFT's NC? Examples of test request messages showing how to invoke CDS generation and alteration are: R 01,'OOD/3700GEN/NFE/' R Ol,'00D/3700GEN/NFE,EXT=CHANGE/' The address portion of the above messages must be that of the card punch. When the generation of the CDS is complete T3700GEN punches the CDS cards. The cards can be used to replace the old cards or be added in the CDS deck for the OLTSE? system to be changed. Then the final step would be to do the CONFIG run under SOSP. A.4.1 OPERATOR MESSAGES After entering the test request message (TRM) for T3700GEN, prompting questions direct the operator. Each line of message to the console device is siven a number required by OLT directives. The messagfJ used are self explanatory and are only listed to verify that the message is a unit configurator message. The 3 digit numbers preceding each message on the console are assigned to the following areas of CDS development. 3705 3704 NCP 1050 2740 OLTEP Unit Configurator Msg Numbers 508-557, 583-621 and 640-662 Msg Numbers 558-582 and 665-699 Msg Numbers 293-351 Msg Numbers 356-402 Msg Numbers 416-468 T3705A A.29 () IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR 2741 RFT's RFT's RFT's RFT's RFT's RFT's 2770 2780 3780 3792 3270 Msg Msg Msg M5g Numbers Numbers Numbers Numbers r,1sg Numbers Nsg Numbers t-159 Numbers D99-3705D-06 ( ), j c: c c 469-502 200-248 249-264 265-270 270-275 276-280 280-285 The following is a typical message at a console device: c c 04 SEPIOID 508 IS THIS DEVICE SHARED? Respond with either r 04,'YES' or r 04,'NO' The following information is needed for 3705 CDS generation. Is the device sh~red? Is a two channel switch present? What type is the first channel adapter? Is there a 2nd channel adapter? Are there emulator lines to define? The lowest emulator line address. The number of contiguous emulator lines. Does an NCP h~ve a symbolic n~me for the line being configured? The letter 'c' is to suffix the NCP CDS symbolic name. For example: If the NCP symbolic name is 'RTP', the NCP CDS symbolic name will be 'RTPC'. The model number of the 3705. Two digit address for channell interface A. Two digit address for channel 2 interface A (if applicable). Governor speed for channel adapters. Oscillator speeds. What type is the first communication scanner? RPQ definition for CCU, and scanners? How m~ny sc~nners? LIB types for each scanner? Line set types for each LIB. Two digit suffix for symbolic name of extended CDS (if applicable). When the following question sequence appears: "c' ( , A.30 T3705A OLTEP Un;t Configurator ~, o o 0, 1 , " 111M' o • • • •o • • • • I J 'I ! ! II " t 1/ tiH t'W !Iii' / !! "I' [litH II!! I r '*'I11L' 'Will' It It H' I ! II i II I jll! II! J!!hLuU!.I [Jltl Mt 1111 r'2'11 I! ,11 II,' I ! II!! III',! I! t'ijWMif) j I! II II' IJ[Sll#' • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR 099-37050-06 REFER TO THE CDS GUIDE FOR LINE SET TYPE CODES REFER TO INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR RPQ DEFINITION ENTER 00 FOR LINE SeTS NOT INSTALLED *****00 IED1360 ENTER 8 (2 DIGIT) CODES FOR LIB 1 LINE SETS Respond with eight two digit codes defining the line set types in LIB 1. The ex~mple ~esponse following is fo~ eight line sets type A in LIB 1. ~ 00,'0101010101010101' For information applicable to terminal CDS development, see IBM D;~9nostic Pro9r~m On-Line Terminal Test User's Guide, D99-2705B. Mainten~nce I • • • • • • • •• OLTEP Unit Configu~ator T3705A A.3l * I r' .. 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OLTSEP UNIT CONFIGURATOR o o ( t j G o c c c c THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. A.32 T3705A OLTEP Unit Conf;gurator 0 C o 1 o • • •o o • • • •~ IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX D99-3705D-06 APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX Display Display Description of A Code B Code Display Code Manual Intervention Required FFFF Set DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 4. Set storage Address/Register Data switches. 8000 Enter Part 1 of an 1FT request. Switch B Adapter number Example: Switch B 1 for channel adapter one; = 3 for type 2 communication scanner number 3; = 0 for all of the adapters tested by the IFT requested. = I / , • •• • • • • • • Description C DCM Symptom Index 1FT NO. = 0 for all 1FT's CCU 1FT = 21 for storage IFT = 3 for type 1 = for channel adapter 1FT 2 = 4 for type adapter channel 1FT type 1 5 for = communication scanner 1FT type 2 6 for = communication scanner IFT. type 3 7 for = communication scanner IFT X3705ACA Page No. B.1 '-~-------'----------"~'-'--' .. " .---_._.- ..... o ( IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX '" .)' D99-3705D-06 =9 for type.4 channel adapter IFT Routine Number D8:E = 00 for all routines of the selected 1FT = 01 for only routine one etc. c c Press control panel START push button. FFFF 8001 Error on entering part 1 of request. DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch not in FUNCTION 4. Re-enter part 1. FFFF 8002 Enter part 2 of an IFT request. Set DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 4. Select CE sense switches according to the following (combine for actual switch values): S~Ji tch c ( ~~I2~ Problem definition mode. Restart routine on first error. Loop on first error. Bypass error stoP. Cycle on request. Include manual intervention routines. Repeat each routine X times Halt before execution. Bypass new error stops. Wait before continuing. . 1 • • • -2 . 4 • · . . 8 . 1 . • • 2 • • • 4 • 8 . · 1 . . 8 • • . (~ Press control panel START push button. FFFF 8003 Error on entering o DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch C ~I ," Page No. B.2 X3705ACA DCM Symptom Index o o o I~ , • ,,,,, ", II' '" ,,""'""''''''''''''!'' H" ,.,,""", _ _' - -.........._ ......... ' ~ o o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX o o o o o • I •o • • • • • • • FFFF 8004 D99-3705D-06 part 2 of request. not in FUNCTION 4. Re-enter part 2. See stop 8002 for procedure to enter part 2. Requested 1FT number is not defined in the configuration data set (CDS). Enter part 1 again. Reg X'lS' bits 0.4-0.7 Requested IFT number. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter part 1 of request. = = FFFF 8005 Request 1FT number was found but the requested adapter number is not defined in the Configuration Data Set. Reg X'lS' bits 0.0-0.3 requested adapter number. Enter part 1 of request again. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter part 1. FFFF 8006 1FT number or section number in the 1FT Preface of the 1FT loaded is not correct. The wrong IFT was loaded or the numbers in the preface are wrong. Reg X'13' = Loaded IFT/ Section number. byte 0 = IFT number byte 1 = Section number Reg X'lS' = IFT/Section Number desired (In 1FT preface of 1FT loaded) byte 0 = 1FT number byte 1 = Section number Check the messages at System/360 or 370 console for further er~ur messages concerning this 1FT load request. Re-enter part 1 of request. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter part 1. FFFF 8007 The requested routine number was not found in any of the routine prefaces of the requested IFT. Reg X'lS' (Byte 1) = Requested routine number. Enter part 1 of request again. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter part 1. oeM Symptom Index X370SACA Page No. B.3 - -. _ ....... ---..- ---~-. o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX D99-37050-06 XXX X 8008 The OCM has halted before executing the routine number in Display A. To execute the routine, set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to the FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the control panel START push button. Note - this stop occurred because CE Sense switch "Halt before execution" is on. XXXX 8009 DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch was not in the FUNCTION 5 (continue) to continue from a halt before execution. Set the switch and try again. XXXX 800A DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT s~itch was not in the FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) when a request was mQde to continue from ~n error stop or a m~nual intervention stop. Set the switch and try again. XXXX 8XII Group 0 IAR is not the active IAR. Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to the STATUS position. If level 1 is not entered, a progr~m error has occurred on the highest level entered that has caused a branch to the OCM level 1 interrupt handler. If level 1 is entered, there is a failure in the hardware that selects Group 0 registers when level 1 is active. To recover, reload. Page No. 8.4 X3705ACA OCM Symptom Index ''4L.? o o · o • • • • • • • • D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX XXXX 8Xl2 A level 1 Interrupt has occurred for an adapter not being tested by the IFT Routine. Reg X'05' = X = address of error data. X to X + 6 valid. Reset the error condition, then select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. address data level 1 Interrupt request bits tested: byte 0 bit 1 Type 1, 2, or 3 CS I 1 level 1 bit 2 = Type 2 or 3 CS # 2 level 1 bit 3 = Type 2 or 3 CS'tI; 3 bit 4 = Type 2 or 3 CS tt 4 level 1 bit 5 = Type 1, 2, 3, or 4 CA 1 CA # 1 level 1 bit 6 = Type 2, 3, or 4 CA # 2 level 1 X = I • • • • • • • • • DCM Symptom Index X+2 Interrupted level byte 1 bit 0 = level 2 bit 1 = level 3 bit 2 = level 4 bit 3 = level 5 X+4/X+6 Lagging address reg. Address of instruction when interrupt occurred or address of last valid instruction before X3705ACA Page No. 8.5 (, IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX D99-3705D-06 interrupt occurred. X+8/X+A Data in local store register (R field) address by the input or output instruction. X+C Input/output instruction that failed. Bits 0.1 to 0.3 C\nd bits 1.0 to 1.3 = external register. Bits 1.4 to 1.5 C for input, = 4 for output o o o c c = = = XXXX 8X13 A level 1 interrupt has occurred for an input/output check. Reg X'OS' X address of error data. X to X+C valid. See definition in 8X12. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) then press the START push button. XXXX 8X14 The DCM level 1 interrupt handler attempted to reset the Input/Output Check defined in 8X13 and the input/ output check request bit (Reg X'7E', bit 1.2) did not reset. Select FUNCTION S (continue) or 6 (abort) and press the START push button to retry the reset. XXXX 8X1S A level 1 interrupt Reg X'OS' X address of error data. X to X+6 valid. See definition in 8X12. Select FUNCTION S (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. has occurred for a protection check. = = ) (~ Page No. B.6 X3705ACA oeM Symptom Index o o o ['II"IImll! jllt)1 iii' IIU!WN",WW NP'ltMM'd.'W"MI,U,,·,tI 11'111" "II!I'ill'Ii'iV'l 'I til' M,+ '1D! 11111 I '~t~JII! !III II I I "!"W"MfWMlNHHUMW"WhWf&fflWl 'I' H' hi! '!fIN'te' ! '! 't ,,'I"!!! h ! 'n 'h1!1I! W' UiHIIi {If \ttl&" '"W'Y'dI'I!WW"l¥li,#"ue'9' dfltf1HIMI/\N',/MM"MwM.""Wlf"Hb'f t, "''''/taW''¥' "" f tWit "INWW"'''''''*WMw'M'IWlI, .. I!!JjJ o · • • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX = = XXXX aXI6 A level 1 interrupt has occurred for an address exception check. Reg X'05' X address of error data. X to X+6 valid. See definition in 8X12. Select FUNCTIONS 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. XXXX aXI7 A level 1 interrupt has occurred for an invalid op check. Reg X'OS' X address of error data. X to X+6 valid. See definition in 8X12. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. XXXX aXI8 The DCM level I interrupt handler attempted to reset the protection check, address exception, or invalid Op check defined above and the request bit (Reg X'7E', bit 1.1, 1.3, or 1.4) did not reset. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to retry the reset. XXXX 8XI9 A level 1 interrupt has occurred for an IPl request. An IPl request should cause a ROS load. Reg X'05' X address of error data. X is valid. See definition in 8X12. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button. XXXX BXIA The DCM level 1 interrupt handler attempted to reset the IPl request defined in 8X19 and the request bit (Reg X'7E', bit 1.6) did not reset. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to exit level 1 if "loop on fir'st error" CE sense switch is not on. If "loop on first error" switch is on, the program will try to reset again. XXXX aXIB The DCM is unable to exit interrupt level 1 after being loaded Run initial test that checks instruction execution at each level. DeM Symptom Index = = = = X3705ACA Page No. B.7 IN 0 'I 0 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX 099-37050-06 (~~" , ,i ('- '0 (t../ and given control (for the first time) on level 1. XXXX XXXX aX20 aX31 An unexpected level 2 interrupt has occurred. A level 3 interrupt has occurred for an adapter not being tested by the IFT routine (INTERRUPT push button and timer interrupts are expected and do not cause this error). C Us~ the control panel to determine cause and to reset the cause. Then set select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or 6 (abort) and press the START push button. Reg X'76' and Reg X'7E' define request bits. = Reg X'OD' x error data. = address 0 C C of !f\ Addr X \tj Data level 3 interrupt request bits tested Bit 1.2 = Type 2 or 3 CA # 2 Bit 0.3 = Type 1 or 4 CA Data/Status Bit 1.4 Type 1, 2, 3, or 4 CA # 1 Initial ( ,.' = Reset the level 3 adapter interrupt condition. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. XXXX 8X32 A level 3 interrupt has occurred for an unexpected PCI level 3 interrupt. = ~ I ~ ~ \ = Reg X'OD' X address of error data. See stop 8031 for data me~n;ng. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to allow program to attempt to reset the PCI level 3. c Page No. B.a X3705ACA DCM Symptom Index 0 o p 1 I i I f i III!! & 'rI! I til!:!"",,' lIU'elM" I .... ""." t n::nnIn+ d ! be b o · o • •o IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX XXXX 8X33 The OCM level 3 interrupt H~ndler attempted to reset the PCI level 3 defined above and the PCI level 3 request bit (Reg X'7F', bit 1.6) did not reset. Select FUNCTION S .(continue) and press the START push button to allow the program to try to reset the PCI level 3 again. XXXX 8X34 The DCM level 3 interrupt handler attempted to reset the interval timer interrupt request bit and the request bit (Reg X'7F', bit 1.S) did not reset. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to cause the OCM to try to reset again. XXXX 8X3S The DCM level 3 interrupt Handler attempted to reset the INTERRUPT push button request and the request bit (Reg X'7F', bit 0.6) did not reset. Press the START push button to cause OCM to try to reset ag~in. XXXX 8X40 An unexpected level 4 interrupt has occurred. NOTE: PCI Level 4 is set DCM and should be on all the time except while some CCU IFT routines are running. Use the control panel to determine cause and to reset the cause before using continue function. Reg X'7F' defines the request bits. 0000 8060 Requested utility function performed. If hard stop light is on, set up other utility functions or select FUNCTION 5 (continue) or FUNCTION 6 (abort) and press the START push button. (If previous stop was code 8000 through 8007 select FUNCTION 4 (request) and complete your o • • • • I • •• • •• •• • 099-370SD-06 OCM Symptom Index X370SACA Page No. B.9 o • o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INOEX 099-37050-06 request). If the INTERRUPT push button used was to do the utility function, this display code is for information only ~nd the program should still be running. 0000 8061 The request for a p~ne1 utility is not correct. Check switch positions and try ag&in. Possibilities: Switch B is not set for a valid Possibilities: utility request code. Switch C is not set to 0 or 1 for Byte 0 or 1 on a CE Switch Request. 0000 8062 The test condition specified has not been met. The following registers of the active level contain these parameters: Register - X '01' Rl=address tested R3=contents of address R5=error bits If the status indicates that level 1 ;s active, Register I, Register 3, and Register 5 = registers X'Ol', X'03', and X'05'. If the status indicates that level 3 is active, Register 1, Register 3, and Register 5 = registers X'09', X'OB', and X'OD'. Select function to terminate utility, to continue, etc. press the START push button. c ( \~ ~L c c Page No. B.10 X3705ACA OCM Symptom Index 0 ·, "I o o • • • • • • • • • I • • •• • • • • • • D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTRtiL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX 0000 8064 Enter the mask in the STORAGE ADDRESS/ REGISTER DATA switches for testing the contents of the address to display, press the START push button if the hard stop light is on. Press the INTERRUPT push button if the program is running. 0000 8065 Enter the expected data in the STORAGE ADDRESS/ REGISTER DATA switches for testing the contents of the address to display, then press the START push button if the hard stop light is on. Press the INTERRUPT push button if the program ;s running_ 0000 8066 Enter the address to display. Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to: A * storage address to display contents of storClge location. register address to display contents of register. set the STORAGE ADDRESS/ REGISTER DATA switches to: ABCDE=storage address B/O =register address Press the START push button if the hard stop light is on. Press the INTERRUPT push button if the program ;s running. DeM Symptom Index X3705ACA Page No. B.l1 • 0 (; IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX D99-3705D-06 (-,: ~",-.i 0000 0000 8067 8068 DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch not set to Storage Address or Register Address for code 8066. Retry with initial utility request. Set up for display is complete. If the hard stop light is on, select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to continue. (If previous stop code was 8000 through 8007 select FUNCTION 4 (request) and complete the request. If the program is running this display code is for information only. (" I C C .~ ~/ (" ~ ;'-- XXXX S06F The DCM has halted due to CE sense switch wait before oontinuing being on. This pause may be used to execute the utility functions or to change the STORAGE ADDRESS/ REGISTER DATA switches for address compare use. Select FUNCTION 5 (continue) and press the START push button to continue. FFFF SOFO Test request is finished and no errors were detected. The DCM is ready to accept a new request. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter request. FFFF 80Fl Test request is finished and errors were detected. The DCM is ready to accept a new request. See stop BOOO for procedure to enter request. FFFF SOF2 Test was aborted by the operator. Ready to accept a new request. See stop 8000 for procedure to enter request. Page No. B.12 X3705ACA DCM Symptom Index .~i" \, '1 j' ) ) IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SfMPTOM XXXX BOFF A program or hardware failure has caused a branch to storage location zero. See interrupt entered indicator to determine interrupt level. Oisplay A is the address of instruction that caused the branch to location zero if level 1 is not active. (The address also is in register 5 of the active level.) Analyze the program registers, etc. to determine why the branch occurred. Reload the oeM to recover from this error. FFFF FFFF OCM is loaded and ready for first IFT request. See FFFF 8000 for request procedure. Models with over 64K of storage should also have both bits of byte X in Oisplay Bon. o o • • • 099-37050-06 IN~EX I • I. • • • • OCM Symptom Index X370SACA Page No. B.13 ( IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX 099-37050-06 ( ( o o ( This intention~lly left bl~nk. ( ~~ ( --" -/ P~ge No. B.14 X3705ACA OCM Symptom Index C 0\ ft5b±w4MWLt!t!!ItLetiHu!J'N u lit I Ibl 1,1 II" hi! II II''''.!!!! I. 'U ,'["Ld,l! I!!I!I!!! .,ruI!!!!!i!!,UH':II"D"H!IVUIIHH Y 'db 'i, "tilM" I le"w, IlM!'H"'''MIH L'N' "UHet"." • • • 0 • •e • •• • • I • •• • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE - SYMPTOM INDEX D99-3705D-06 APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX This intention~lly Initial Test - Symptom Index left blank. X370SADA Page No C~l I / (~ o o o o o •o o APPENDIX Ca INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ERROR 0108 o • • • • I • • • • • • • • • 0208 0308 FUN:::TION TESTED and !)99-3705D-06 Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS FESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' lNG CZ SUSPECTED CARD XXXX Regis~ers X'02', X'Oq', and X'06' are tested to ver1fy data patterns FF, 00, AA, and 55. 0001 IR R2,R2 failed to clear Byte O. 32 (0) =XX R2(0)=00 Gl Note 0002 XR a2,R2 fa1led to clear By'Ce 1. R2 (0) =XX R2 (1) =00 C'1 Note 0003 LH 22,SAVE failed to load R2 &y~e 0 with all ones. R2(0)~00 1<2 (J) =FF 11 Nett; LH R2,SAVE failed to load R2 Byte 1 w1th all ones. R2(1)=00 P,2( 1) =FF 11 Note 0005 LH R2,SAVE2 fa1led ~o load R2 Byte 0 with X'5S'. R2(0)=FF R2(~·)=55 11 ';01:€ 0006 LH R2,SAVE2 failed to load R2 By'Ce 1 with X'55'. R2(1)=FF R2(1)=55 11 Note 0007 LH R2,SAVE3 failed to load P2 Byte 0 with X'AA'. R2(0)=55 R2(')-U 11 Note 0008 LH R2,SAVE3 failed ~o load R2 Byte 0 w1th X'AA'. R2(11=55 R2(1) =H. 11 !lote 0009 Register X'04' Byte 0 failed to load the correct data. Rq (0) =Actual R5(0)=Expec't.ed 11 Note 0001. Register X'Oq' Byte 1 failed to load the correct data. R4 (1) =Ac't.ual R5 (0) =Expected 11 ':ote 2 OOOB Register X'06' Byte 0 failed to load the correct data. R6 (0) =Ac"":ual R5 (0) =Expec~ed 11 NOte 2 oooe Reg1ster 1'06' Byte 1 failed to load the correct data. R6 (1) =Actual F6(0)=Expected 11 ~IOte XXXX Test to ver1fy that 1nput X'70' defines a valid maX1mum address. Test last valid storage address (max. 64K). Storage size ind1cated in Reg 1'70' is incorrect. xxn Error Correction Routine This routine runs on 3705-11 Only. Ability to correct single bit errors, detect double bit errors, diagnostic reg rese~. 0001 Error correction failed to rese'e data bit forced to 1 via diagnostic Reg. 0002 Error correction failed to set data bit forced to 0 via diagnostic Reg. 0003 Initial Test Failed to detect double bit error. R6="ax~mum address as calculated from input X'70' R6= Expected data R4=Bits 1n error 01 R6=~xpected 01 FEUD FET~M 2 If dc~ual 3~ori~_ size is gr:eH.e:: tnan 6qu. X'?FF~' will be used 1Ii l~eu of '1C<;'ldl ",ax. address. data R3=Bits in error R3=Expecte'1 R6=Actual 1370SADA C.1 o r o c IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE OOCLI FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION reg. did not or test mode d~d not set. Peset of test mode should reset the diagnostic reg. D~agnoSt~c Rese~ 0408 05C!8 0608 0708 0808 Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES Rl=Expecte,1 R3=Actual c FETM~ pr.G=: COMMENTS 01 c XXXX Address~ng test Address ~s stored as data and veri fLed to be correct address. 000 1 Data at address does not match address Rl=Expecte rl R5"Actual XXiX Storage Test - 3704 ouly, bypassed Lf 37J5. No error stops should occur in this routine N/A Storage Test - 3704 Only. No error stops should occur ~n thLS routine N/A XXXX SUSPECTED CAaD FEALD LOCATIO~ (s) PA~E 01 Problemm:i{oe .', checO( it.ems concerning s~or2._, If "n15 v~r:fy 70' 7"" er:~r ~~:: ~h~~ 1~Pl: bV"':e 1, b1t )"1 See :Oor commen~s rout~ne 0509. XXXX Storage Test - Store zeros in background of ones. 0001 Background pattern was destroyed. Addressing problem suspected. Rl=Test address R2=Exp. (BacKground) R5=Bits in error f this '3rror occurs, byoass t!le :::un!\~n:J :>: In~":1~1 resi: ani load the 5i:Oraqe IFT. 0002 Store and then load a test pattern. Rl=Test address R4=Expectei R5=BLts in error. If this error occurs, bypass the running of Ini t ial re s: an'1 load the stor~qe 1FT. 0003 Load test pattern again to test restore capability Rl=Test a:ddress R4=Expected R3=Bits in error. If tnis error occurs, bypass the runnin:} of Initial Te~i: ar.l load the st.or~l-' 1FT. 0004 Par~ty Fl=Test address If this error occurs, bypass the runn~nq of In~tial Test a~J load the 5toraCl<: 1FT. XXXX Storage Test - Store ones in background of zeros. 0001 Background pattern was destroyed. Addressing problem suspected. Rl=Test address R2=!xp. (Backgroun~ R5=Bits in error 0002 Store and then load a test pattern Rl=Test address F4=Expected R5=Bits in error 0003 Load test pattern aga~n to test restore capabilLty R1=Test address it4= ExpectEd R3=Bits ~n error C.2 X3705ADA bit failed. I "', \. InLtLal Tes: ./ 1Jtt-' 0 + j! ub U!L ., 0 • 't} 0 0 ~ Level 'N' EXPEC'TO RESULTS FESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES ERROR CODE 0908 XXX X Program Relocat~on This Routine is used to relocate test to addres& X'2000'. No error stops should occur. OA08 XXXX Storage Test 0 - 2K. Store zeros in background of ones 0001 Background pattern was destroyed. Addressing problem suspected. Rl=Test address R2=EXp. (Background) R5=B~ts in error. 0002 Store and then load a "test pattern. Rl=Test address r4=Expect .. d R5=Bits in error 0003 Load tes"t pattern aga~n to test restore capab~l~ty Rl=Test address R4=Expected R3=Bits in ~rror 0004 Parity bit failed Rl=Test address X.o:X Storage Test 0-2K. Store ones ~n background of zeros. OOCl Background pattern was destroyed. Addressing problem suspected. Rl=Test address R2=Exp. (Background) RS=Bits in error 0002 Store and then load a test pattern. Rl='!'est address R4=:;xpected R5=B~ts in error 0003 Load test pattern aga1n to test restore capability Rl=Test address R4=Sxpected R3=Bits ln error XXXX Program Relocat~on All data relocated by Routine 0908 will be relocated back to '0000 - OFFE' and control will be passed to the C. E. Loop Option subroutine. No error stops should occur. OB08 I • • • • • • • • •e FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION POUT 0 • • 099-37050-1)6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX oe08 lOON 110N XXXX Branch 0001 Branch with a d~splacement of two failed to branch around error stop. Instruct~on FE'l~M FAG:: COflMENTS Test. 0002 Prior to issuing the Branch. Rl was loaded with zeros to set the CZ latches. After branching, the CZ latches are tested to verify that the Branch did not alter the CZ latches. 0003 Same as 0001 above. 0004 Same as 0002 above except Rl (1) ~s loaded with all ones to set the CZ latches to 10. XXXX LRI and BB Pattern Testing. Initial Test SUSPECTED CARD PEALO I,OCATIO'" (s) p r .E NIA Rl (1) =00 NIA tl/A Rl(1)=00 NIA Gl A63"2 C0002 6-6uJ Decole 01 AB3G2 CZxxx 6-641 c,z La~ch ~a~ll~~ 10 A83H2 C~xxx 6-640 C.Z latch Failur~ AB3~2 ra~l~re '01:l5AI;A C. '3 o o IBI1 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX rOUT D99-37':'S!l-)6 FUNC'l'ION TESTED and EREIOR DESCPIPTION Level I N I EXP3C'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST 3XEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED FEAtD CHD LaCATIO'! (5) PAGE FE':'''1:1 PA;;;:; C~~"lEn" l5 loaded wl+.h X'OS' uSlng LRI, then R 1 (1) lS R1 (1) =05 1'1 (1) =OJ 01 "B3:-i2 :~JJ2 t-PC Deco~e 0002 F 1 (1) lS loaded wi-:.h all ones and the cz latches are test:ed. R1 (1) =QO ,,1 (1) =f? 10 AB3G2 Czxxx h-'" ,.._.L.., 1)0'.:3 Rl(11 =H A serles of 1;:r11:lC:: orJ blt (Ba) lns-:.ruct.ions l5 ~cerformed on R1 (1) • ane of the el.ght BB fdl.le1 to branch. 1 (1) =FE' 10 AB3:l2 CJOC'2 6-to 00(04 B8 ln5truct:l.or. (5) altered tne C2. lat:ches. Rl (1) =FF 11 1 (1) =FF 1J AB3:;2 CZxxx 0-(" OO:1S E 1 (v) l5 loaded with X'OO' an'1 -:.hen the cz lacches are tesced for 01. 31(0)=XX Fl ('}) =00 01 AB3H2 CnJ~2 .:-", ) ~33';2 C2xxx tleco-:e ?ulJ:e (;,Z Ta":c!l ?dl.l\l: A ser .. es 0= B8 lnStructl.ons is performed on Rl (0) • One of the el.ght BS branched on a zero or prevl.ous La:.: Rl(O)=OO R 1 (0) r.r.3ii2 CD102 t--!.o. ') Decoa€ P,lllllre ERBOF CODE 0:))1 R 1 (1) o !!'a:'l.lre xoa wlth X' OS' • 0006 !< j :-:l~C!1 !)~cc'>le :o'al.i.J:" - r"lilU-'" ( =0:; C'l ) 6-1 ',) ::,Z La'tctl ?al.lu::_ c fa~led. 120N 0007 B8 lnstructl.on altered the CZ latches. Rl(O)='JO Rl(O)=O~ 01 .. B3G2 CZXXlC 6-b' j '-.,,- 0008 Rl (0) ~s loaded with X'FF' and then the CZ latches are tested for 10. ii 1 (0) =00 Rl(O)=FF 10 AB'i!i2 cron 6-17 ~ Decoj€, "'al111::e 0009 A serles of BB l.nstructl.ons is performed on R1 (0) • One of the eight B13 fal.led to branch. Rl(O)=FF Rl (0) =FF 1() " B3H2 CD,)C2 E-6rj Deco~e OOOA BB instructl.on altered t:he CZ latches. Rl(O)=FF Pl(O)=FF 10 :"B3-:;2 CZXXlC 6-6('>: C.Z Latcn Fal.lll:'>.: OOOB Rl (1) l.S loaded with all zeros and the CZ latches are tested for 01. R 1 (1) =Ft' R 1 (1) =0') Cl A83;;2 C7.xxx 6-1'7 C.Z Lacc!! Fall'J::-> OO:;C A serles of BB lnstrUCt:l.ons 1.5 performed on R1 (1) • One of the eight BB branched on a zero or prevl.ous LRI failed. Rl(l)=OO Rl (1) =01) 01 ~ B3H2 CDDC2 6-6...,) 6-17':1 Decode l"al.l.1::e 0000 BB instruc+.1.on altered the CZ latches. il1 (1) =00 Rl (1) =0:' 01 Ai!3G2 CZxxx 6-6c:i C.Z Latch Fd.ilur XXXX XRI Instruction Testl.ng 0001 XRI or Z latch failed. Rl (1) =OC Rl 01 ; 33H2 I B3J2 CDxxx CAO')3 CZXXX 6-17: ~B3G2 ~ 33J2 A93H2 ~ 33G2 CA')03 CDXXlC CZxxx 6-17,) ALU CO:1trol Fal.l J:: ..: Decode Fal.l'Jre C.Z Latch Failu::e 6-111 See Note 2 for Bit bit: =ailures 00C2 Xill or C latch failed when Rl (1) ~s XOR with all ones. 0003 XRI above failed to produce the correct data. Testing is done with B8 INSTRUCTIONS. 0004 XRI fal.led to set Z latch. COO S XRI aoove failed to produce correct data. Testing done WLth BB Instructions. Rl (1) =00 (1) =00 R1 (1) =FF 1') ill (1) =FF See Note ~ 6-66 ) R1 (1) =FF Laten I>all ,1:: _ 1;'ailllre: Rl (1) =0) C1 See Note 6-17) See Note l"ailures for 9i t Rl (1) =OJ 01 See Note 6-17:1 See lIotl;! Failures for C.4 X370:,ADA Inidal .~ .._----- ---------- - - - - T€'3~ c l3:l.t c o o · o • • • • • • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 130N I • • • • • • • • • 150N D99-3705D-')h ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EIPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING C& PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' INST EIEC REGISTER LATCHES 0006 XRI or C Latch failed. Rl (O) =FF 0007 XRI above failed to produce correct data. Testing done with BB instructions. 0008 XRI failed to set Z latch. 0009 Above XRI failed to produce correct data. Rl (1l =00 SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(~ FEALD PAGE FET"1'1 PAGE COMM::'N1S R 1 (a) =FF 10 See Note 2 6-170 Set! No .. e Failures for 'ilT.: Rl(O)=FF 10 See Note 2 (-170 SeE. NO':e FailUres ~or Bit. Bl(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-17 0 See N01'e Rl (1) =0:) 01 See Note 2 6-170 See Note XXXX ARI Instruction Test. 0001 ARI decode or CZ failure Rl (1l =OE Rl(1)=OO 10 AB3G2 AB3J2 CZ002 CA002 6-170 Decode Failure ALU CTL Failure 0002 ARI or CZ latch failure adding zero's. Rl (0) =FF Rl (0) =FF 00 AB3G2 AB3J2 CZxxx CA002 6-170 CZ Latch Failure 0003 Above ARI modified high byte. Testing by IRI Bl(O)=FF Rl(O)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 See Note 2 for Bit Failures 0004 ARI or C latch failure adding zero's. Rl (1) =00 R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6~170 0005 Above ARI modified low byte. Testing by IRI. R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0006 CZ latch failure adding all ones. Rl (1) =FF 00 See Note 2 6-170 0007 ARI above. failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI. Rl (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0008 ARI CZ latch failure adding all ones to all ones. Rl(1)=FE 10 See Note 2 6-170 0009 Above ARI failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI. R1(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 XXIX Data Flow Path Byte One, Zero's Pattern Sensitivity 0001 IRI or CZ latch failure 0002 Above IRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. Bl(1)=00 Bl (1) =FF IRI, BB, BCL and BZL instructions are used to verify bit sensitivity Rl (1) =00 R1(1)=01 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =01 10 See Note 2 6-170 6-660 0003 IRI failed to set Z latch B1(1)=01 Rl(1)=00 01 See Note 2 0004 XRI or CZ latch failure Rl (1) =00 Rl (1) =02 10 See Note 2 6-170 0005 Above IRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. R1(1)=02 10 See Note 2 6-170 6-660 0006 IRI failed to set Z latch Rl (1) =02 R1(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0007 IRI or CZ latch failure B1(l}=00 Rl(1)=04 10 See Note 2 6-170 0008 Above IRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. R1(1)=04 10 See Note 2 6-170 0009 IRI failed to set Z latch Bl (1) =04 Rl(1)=00 01 See Mote 2 6-170 OOOA IRI or CZ latch failure R1(1)=00 Bl(1) =08 10 See Mote 2 6-170 Initial Test Any failure in this routine,_ see Note 2 6-170 13705ADA C.5 o o D99-3705D-.16 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 160N ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTrON Level I N' EXDEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRrOR TO TES~ IN LEVEL 'N' INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES OOOB Above XRr failed to produce correct results. Testing by BB. OOOC XRI failed to set Z latch OOOD XRI or CZ latch failure OOOE Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. OOOF XRI fa~led to set Z latch 0010 XRI or C,Z latch failure 0011 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0012 XRI 0013 XRr or C,Z latcli failure 0014 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. fa~led to set Z latch SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(s) FEALD PAGE FE'!'fM PAG~ Rl(1)=08 10 See 2 6-170 R1 (1) =08 Rl(l)=OJ 01 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =00 Rl(1)=10 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(1)=10 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(1)=10 Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =00 Rl(1)=20 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =20 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(l)=20 Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(1)=00 Rl(1)=40 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =40 10 See Note 2 6-170 No~e XRr failed to set Z latch Rl (1) =40 R1(1)=00 "1 See Note 2 6-170 XRr or C,Z latch failure Rl(l)=OO Rl(1)=80 10 See Note 2 6-170 0017 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. R 1 (1) =80 10 See Note 2 6-170 0018 XRI failed to set Z latch Rl(l)=80 Rl{l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (1) =00 Rl(l)=AA 10 See Note 2 6-170 R1(1)=U 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 XRr or C,Z latch failure Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by Band BB. 001B XRr failed to set Z • ,~ch XXXX Data Flow path By· One's Pattern S~L .e, Rl (1) =AA 0001 XRr or CZ latch failure Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing 0003 XRI failed to se Z latch 0004 XRr or C,Z latch failure 0005 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0006 XRr failed to set Z latch 0007 XRr or C. Z latch failure 0008 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. c o \~-- / XRr, BZL are bit ~vity 0002 ,)I ..<" 0016 0019 ( "'. ( 0015 DOH COMMENTS Rl (1) =FE 10 See Note 2 6-170 R 1 (1) =FE 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(1)=FE Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =00 Rl(l)=FD 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =FD 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl (1) =FD Rl(l,=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(1)=00 R 1 (1) =FB 10 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (1) =FB 10 See Note 2 6-110 Rl (1) =00 BB, BCL and instructions used to verify sensitiv; / Any failure in this routine, See Note 2 by BB. '\ lJ009 XRr failed to set Z latch Rl (1) =FB Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 OOOA XRr or C, Z latch failure Rl (1) =00 Rl(1)=F7 10 See Note 2 6-170 X3705ADA \ :/ ( )I' " o Initial Test o o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAl. TEST SY1PTOM INDEX • • • • • • • I • I. • • • • • • • ROU1' 180N lH,ROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES OOOB Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. aODC XRr nxx Data Flow Path Byte Zero, One's Pattern Sensitiv1ty 0001 XRI or c.Z latch failure 0002 Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0003 XRr failed to set Z latch Rl(O)=EF 0004 XRI or C,Z,latch failure Rl(O)=OO 0005 Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0006 XRr failed to set Z latch Rl(O)=DF t007 XRI or C,Z latch failure Rl (0) =00 (J008 Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing done by BB. fa~led to set Z latch Rl(1)=F7 SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(s) FEALD PAGE FE'l'''lt1 PAGZ Rl (1) =F7 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 COMMENr": XRI, Ba, 3"-:L an:l BZL inS~Jr~tlons are us en to ver~fy b~t 190N Rl{O)=OO Rl{O)=EF 10 See Note 6-17:) Rl(O)=EF 10 See Note 6-170 R1(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (0) =DF 10 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (0) =DF 10 See Note 6-170 Rl(O)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (0) =BF 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(O)=BF 10 See Note 6-170 C009 XRI failed to set Z latch R1 (0) -BF R1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 OOOA XRI or C,Z latch failure R1(0)=00 R1 (0) =7F 10 See Note 2 6-170 OOOB Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing done by BB. R1 (0) =7F 10 See Note 2 6-170 OOOC XRr failed to set Z latch R1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-1tO lXXX Data Flow Path Byte Zero Zero's Pattern Sensitivity Hl(0)=7F Failure in this Routine. See Note 2 ~ny XRI, BS, BeL and BZL instructions are used to ve~ify bit sensitivity R 1 (0) =01 10 R1 (0) =01 10 R1(0)=01 R1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 H1 (0)=00 Rl(0)=02 10 See Note 2 6-170 Rl(0)=02 10 See Note 2 6-170 R1 CO) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (0) =04 10 See Note 2 6-170 R1 (0) =04 10 0001 XRI or C,Z latch failure 0002 Above XRr failed to produce correct result. Testing done by BB. 0003 XRI failed to set Z latch 0004 XRI or CZ latch failure 0005 Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0006 XRI failed to set Z latch R1 (0) =02 R1 (0) =00 Hl (0) =00 See Note 2 6-170 0007 XRI or C,Z latch failure 0008 Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. 0009 XRI failed to set Z latch Rl(0)=04 R1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 OOOA XRI or c,Z latch failure R1(0)=00 R1(0)=08 10 See Note 2 6-170 Initial Test sens~t~vity 6-170 X3705ADA c.7 o 099-31050-,)6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 1BON ERROR CODE Level ' . ' EIPBC'TD.RESOLTS RESULT~ PBI08 TO TEST IN LEVEL ' I i ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES OOOB Above XRI failed to produce correct result. TestiDg by BB. OOOC XRI failed to set Z latch SOSPECTED CA8D FEALD LOCATION (s) PAGE PETIHI PAGE Rl (0) =08 10 See Note 2 6-17C. 81(0) =08 81 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 81 CO) =00 81 (0) =55 10 See Note 2 6-170 11 (0) =55 10 See Note 2 6-170 81(0)=55 81 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 COMIIENTS c c 0000 XRI or C,Z latch failure OOOE Above XRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by BB. OOOF XRI failed to set Z latch XXXX ORI Instruction Test 0001 ORI decode failure. Low byte containing 09 was OBI with 05. Result tested by XRI. 81(1)=09 81 ( 1) =00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CA003 6-110 Decode Failure ALO Control Failure 0002 ORI or c,Z latch failure 81{1) =00 81 (1) =FF 10 AB3G2 czxxx 6-110 C,Z Latch Failure 0003 Above ORI failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. 81(1)=FF 81(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 See Note 2 for B~. Failures in thi i _ loutine I 0004 ORI or c,Z latch failure 81 (1) =00 81(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0005 Above ORI failed to produce correct result. TestiDg by xu. 81 (1) =00 81(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-110 0006 ORI or C,Z latch failure Rl (0) =FF Bl(O)=FF 10 See Note 2 6-170 0007 Above ORI failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. 81(0)=FF 11 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0008 ORI or C,Z latch failure FF was OBI with FF 81(0)=00 See Mote 2 6-170 11 (0) =FF 10 ORI above failed to produce correct result. Tested by XRI. Rl (0) =FP 11(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CA002 6-170 11(1)=00 Decode Failure ~ ALU Con trol F&i,__ 11(1)=00 01 lB3G2 CZxx~ 6-170 C,Z Latch Failur, 0009 lCON FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION o XXXX NRI Instruction Test 0001 NRI decode failure. 09 was NBI with 05. was tested by IRI. 0002 Result 81(1)=09 81(1)=Q2 11(1)=01 NRI or c,Z latch failure 00 was NBI with 00 B1(l) =00 0003 Above NBI failed to produce correct result. Tested by XRI. 81(1)=00 81(1) =00 01 See lote 2 0004 NRI or C,Z latch failure FF was NBI with FF 81(0)=FF 81 CO) =FF 10 See lote 2 6-170 0005 Above NRI failed to produce correct result. Tested by IU. 11 (0) =FF 81 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0006 NBI or C,Z latch fa!lure FF was NBI with 00 81(1)=PF 81 (1) =00 01 See lote 2 6-170 0007 NRI above failed to produce correct result. 81 (1) =00 R1- (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0008 NRI or c,Z latch failure FF was NRI with 00 81 (0) =00 11(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 C.8 X3705ADA c c C i' "- -,/ c Initial Test o o o ! HI J yL • o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX •o ROUT 0009 lDON o • •• • • • • • •e lFON Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD LOCA'i'ION (s) Above NRI fa~led to produce correct result. Tested by XRI. R1 (0) =00 Rl(O)=OO 01 See Note 2 Rl(1)=00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CA002 6-170 R1 (1) =09 Decode fa~lure ALU control f~ilute Rl (1) =FF R1 (1) =FF 10 AB3K2 AB3G2 CL~03 6-170 LS contr~l fa~l~re C,Z latCh failure 6-170 S0e not8 2 XXXX TRM Instruction Test TRM decode failure. Tested by XRI. TRM mask was 05. 0003 lEON FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 0001 0002 o • • • ERPOR CODE :>99-37'; 5D-)f, TRM or c,Z latch TRM Mask was FF fa~lure FEALD PAGE FEIMM PAGE COI1MEN'rS 6-170 Czxxx Above TRM modif~ed Rl low Tested by XRI R1 00014 TRM or c,Z latch failure TRM Mask was 00 R1 (0) =FF R1(0)=FF 01 See Note 2 6-170 0005 Above TRM modif~ed R1 high Tested by XRI Rl (0) =FF R1(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0006 TRM or C,Z latch failnre TRM Mask was FF Rl(l)=OO R1(1)=00 01 See Note 6-170 0007 Above TRM modified Rl low Rl (1) =00 R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-110 AB3H2 CD002 6-110 Decode failure CA003 CZxxx 6-110 ALU cont.rol failure C,Z latch failure (1) =FF R1 P) =00 01 See Note f~= Bit fa~lure XXXX SRI Instruction Test 0001 SRI Decode fa~lure SRI 05 from 09. Result tested by XRI Rl(1)=09 Rl (1) =Q~ Rl (1) =04 R1(1)=00 01 AB3J2 AB3G2 0002 SRI or C,Z latch failure SRI 00 from FF Rl (0) =FF R1 (0) =FF 00 See Note 2 6-110 0003 SRI above failed to produce correct result. Tested by XRI Rl (0) =FF R1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 00014 SRI or C,Z latch failure SRI Mask was 00 Rl (0) =00 Rl(O)=OO 01 S<'!e Note 2 6-170 0005 Above SRI failed to produce correct result. Test~ng by IRI See note 2 6-110 Rl(O)=OO R1 (0) =00 01 0006 SRI or C,Z latch failure Rl(l)=PP R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-170 0007 Above SRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI Rl(l)=OO R1(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-110 0008 SRI or c,Z latch failure SRI Mask vas FF R1 (1) =00 R1=PF01 10 See Note 2 6-110 0009 Above SRI failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI instructions. Rl=FP01 R1=0000 01 See Note 2 6-110 XXXX CRI Instruction Test 0001 CRI decode failure CRI Mask was 05. Testing by XRI. R1 (1) =09 Rl (1) =09 R1(1)=00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 AB3K2 CD002 CA003 CL003 6-110 Decode failure ALU control failure LS control failure 0002 CRI or c,Z latch failure CRI Mask was FF R1(1)=PF R1(1)=FF 01 AB3G2 CZxxx 6-110 C,Z latch failure 0003 Above CRI modified Rl low. Testing by IRI R1 (1) =PF R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-110 00014 CRI or c,Z latch failure CRI Mask was FP Rl (1) =00 R1 (1) =00 10 See Note 2 6-110 Initial Test 13105ADA C.9 ----------------------------_. o Ia! 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER I~ITIAL flour ~OON TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level INI EXPECITD RE~OLTS PRIOR TO ',I:E~T IN LEVEL I ttl INST EXEC REGISTER SUSPECTED CARD FE'LQ LOCATION(s) PAGE fEH'fo1 L~TGH~S 0005 Above CRI modified Rl low Testing by XRI Rl =00 R1(1)=QO 01 See Note 2 b-170. 0006 CRI or C,Z latch failure CRI Mask was FE Rl (1) =FF R 1 (0) =FF 00 See Note 2 6-17fJ 0007 Above CRI modified Rl high. Testing by XRI Rl{O)=FF Rl(O)=OO 01 See Note 6-170 (1) RBSUL~~ IN~ C& XXXX LCR Instruction Test 0001 LeR decode failure. Testing by XRI. Rl(l)=09 Rl(l)=05 R3 (1) =05 R 1 (1) =QO Above LCR modified R3 low. Testing by XRI. R3 (1) =05 R3(l)=FF R3(1)=OO 0003 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3 (0) =XX R3(l)=01 R3 (0) =Q 1 00 0004 LCR above failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(O)=01 R3 (0) =Q() 01 0005 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3 (1) =02 R3(0)=00 R3(0)=0~ 00 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Test~ng by XRI. R3(0)=02 R3 (0) =00 01 LCR or c,Z latch failure R3(1)=04 R3 (0) =00 R3(0)=()" 0002 0006 0007 R3 (0) =00 0009 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3 (1) =08 R3(O)=00 R3(O)=O~ 00 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(O)=08 R3 (0) =OQ 01 OOOB LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(1) =10 R3 (0) =00 R3(0)=10 00 OOOC Above LCR failed to produce correct results. Testing by XRI. R3(0) =10 R3(0) =00 01 0000 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(l)=20 R3 (0) =00 It3 (0) =2Q 00 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XR!. R3 (0) =20 R3 (0) =00 01 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(l)=40 R3(0)=00 a3 (0) =40 oq At" C~n.:)13 failu:;e AB3G2 C~XXlC ~·220 c.z Latcn \'l+~ faihJ:e~. 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6 .. 220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 SE:1e Note 2 Pail~~~ f.i+~=e. See nQte 2 for c 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-110 ( See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-110 Not~ See Note 2 See Note ~ 6 ... 220 6-170 0010 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(0)=40 a3(0):::rO() 01 0011 LCR or c,Z latch failure R3(1)=80 R3(O)=00 R3 (0) =80 00 R3 (0) =80 R3(Q);;:OO 01 C.l0 X3705ADA DtGoJt 6-170 See Note 2 OOOA Above LCB failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. 6-220 CB.](U 00 R3 (0) =04 0012 CDOI)~ c o 6-170 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. OOOF AB3H2 AB3J2 01 0008 OOOE ~ PAGE See Note 2 See No1;e ~ See Note 2 See Note 6-220 ~ 6-220 c c o o o I' I I ! -,. 0 tD'!bt.tfdwtIH\i#t . " Ii. LI .!h.d!'*dhLy! rt1H.4*&* + b, Hr. d +' -:!I!f!MWdHH:!IH!U'h"''' '" "hI'Ii WI/!bWYWH"QW1Y""HH"!!I! !:':II lI/'riBd I II ir 0 • • • • • • • • I • • • • • • • • • D99-:n05D-)6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERFOR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EIPEC'TD RESULTS aESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ REGISTER LATCHES LNST EXEC SUSPECTED FEUD CARD LOCA'i'ION (s) PAGE FE':"M'" 0013 LCR or c,Z latch failure R3(1)=7F R3 (0) =00 00 See Note 2 6-220 P,3 (0) =7F 0014 Above Lca failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (0) =7F R3 (0) =O~ 01 See Note 2 6-220 0015 LCa or c,Z latch failure 1l3(1)=BF 113 (0) =00 00 See Note 2 6-220 a3 (0) =BF 0016 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. 113 (0) =BF R3 (0) =00 01 See Note 6-220 6-170 0017 LCIl or c,Z latch failure R3(1)=DF a3 (0) =00 See Note 2 6-220 a3 (0) =DF 00 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 0018 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by Xal. R3 (0) =DF R3 (0) =00 01 0019 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(l)=EP R3 (0) =00 a3 (0) =EF 00 OOH Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testl.ng by XU. R3 (0) =EF R3 (0) =01) 01 001B LCR or C,Z latch failure a3(1)=F7 a3 (0) =00 R3 (0) =F7 00 001C Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by IIlI. a3 (0) =F7 a3 (0) =00 01 0010 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(l)=PB a3 (0) =00 R3 (0) =PB 00 001E Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (0) =PB a3 (0) =00 01 OOlF LCR or c,Z latch failure i3(1) =FD R3 (0) =00 R3 (0) =PD 00 0020 Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. i3 (0) =PD a3 (0) =00 01 0021 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3(1)=PE B3 (0) =00 a3 (0) =PE 00 a3(0)=00 01 0022 Above LCB failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI. R3 (0) =PE 0023 LCR or C,Z latch failure 2 Lca instructions used. B3 high to a3 high sets CZ=OO B3 low to B3 high sets CZ=11 B3(1)=00 B3 (0) =PE B3(0)=00 11 0024 Above LCBs failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. B3(0) =00 R3 (0) =00 01 0025 LCR or C,Z latch failure i3(1) =PF B3 (0) =00 R3 (0) =PF 10 0026 Above LCB failed to produce correct result. Testing by IRI. B3(0)=PP B3(0)=00 01 0027 LCB or C.Z latch failure B3 (1) =AA B3 (0) =00 R3(0)=U 10 Initial Test PAGE COM rlE'I'! '; 6-170 X37051DA C.ll 0 0 ... (~' '". } IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES 0028 Above LCR fa~led to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (0) =AA R3(0)=00 01 0029 LCR or C,Z latch failure R3 (1) =55 83 (0) =00 R3(0)=55 10 R3(0) =01) 01 Rl(l)=FE R 1 (1) =00 01 ERROR CODE 002A Above LCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (0) =55 002B LCR or C,Z latch failure. Result tested by XRI. R3(1)=FE R1 (1) =00 LCR fa~lure. Result tested by XRI. R3(0)=00 R1(0)=FF LCR failure. Result tested by XRI. R3(0)=00 R1(0)=FF 002C 002D Rl (0) =00 R1(0)=00 01 Rl(O)=OO 01 SUSPECTED CABD LOCATION (EI (~ FElLD PAGE r:ET'1M PAGE See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 6-220 See Note 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 b-2Z0 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 ("OdIENTS C C' C C' r ILl 220N 230N XXXX Branch~ng 0001 BZL, Pos. D~splacement ALU Failure Test 11 AB3G2 Czxxx 6-640 C.Z Latch Failure 0002 B, Neg. Displacement ALU Failure 11 AB3J2 CAxxx 6-640 nu Controls 0003 BCL, Neg. Displacement ALU Failure 11 See Note 2 6-640 0004 BZL, Neg D~splacement 11 See Note 2 6-640 0005 BCL, BZL, B. BB Failure 11 See Note 2 6-640 6-660 XXXX ACR Instruction Test 0001 ACR decode failure. Result OE is tested by XRI. R3(1)=05 B1(1)=09 0002 ACR or C,Z latch failure 0003 0004 ", Failure Rl (1) =OE R 1 (1) =00 01 B3(1)=01 R1(0)=F7 R1(0)=F8 00 Above lCR did not produce correct result. Testing by XRI. B1(0)=F8 Rl (0) =00 01 ACR or C latch failure ACR R3 high with R3 low,CZ=OO lCR R1 low with R3 high.CZ=11 R1(1)=81 R3=7POl R3=7P80 R3=0080 11 See Note 2 for B~t Failures A53H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CAxxx 6-220 6-170 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure See Note 2 for Bit Failures AB3G2 Czxxx 6-220 C,Z Latch Failure See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 0005 Above ACR, Z latch failure 0006 Above ACR. failed to produce correct data in R3 low. Testing by IRI. R3 (1) =80 R3(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 0007 Above lCR failed to produce correct data in R3 high. Testing by IRI. R3 (0) =00 R3(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 0008 Above ACR MODIFIED CONTENTS of Rl(1). Testing by XRI. See Note 2 R1 (1) =81 R1(1)=00 01 6-220 6-170 0009 Above ACR modified contents of R1 (0). Testing by XRI. R 1 (0) =pp R 1 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 OOOA ACR or c.Z latch failure lCR R1 high with R1 high Rl (0) =PP Rl(O)=FE 10 See Note 6-220 C.12 X3705ADA rr I / c Initial Test C\ ,.,' (~: • • • • • • • • • ! W'RlM!!!lI,!!1 lIl J "U'!IUII!'It!!'!l'*/fiflLJlN*1 'H'DUhwwmn..!lJ+I +'!!!J'M'M'" 'bHd# f • 0 I • •• • • • • • • 1)99-J705D-)11 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 240N FUNCT10N TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES OOOB Above ACR fal.led to produce correct result. Testl.ng by IRI. Rl(O)=FE Rl(O)=OO 01 OOOC ACR fal.led to produce correct result vhen ACR R1 lov wl.th R3 low. Result tested by IRI. Rl (1) =00 R3(1)=FF R3(1)=FF 00 R1 (1) =00 Rl(l)=OO 01 R3 (1) =CC Rl(0)=33 Rl(O)=FF 10 ERROR CODE XXIX OCR Instruction Test 0001 OCR decode failure Testing by IRI. 0002 250N 0003 Above OCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. Rl(O)=FF Rl (0) =FF 01 00011 OCR or C,Z latch failure R3(0)=00 R1 (1) =00 Rl(l)=OO 01 FEUD PAGE FET"!'" PAGF See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-22:) 6-170 AB3H2 AB3J2 CPxxx 6-22'} 0.003 6-170 AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 See Note 6-220 6-170 See Note 6-220 0005 Above OCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. R1(l)=OO Rl(l)=OO 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 0006 OCR or C,Z latch failure Testing by CRI R1 (0) =FF Rl(O)=FF 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 R3(1)=05 R1(1)=09 Rl(l)=Ol XXXX NCR Instruction Test 0001 NCR decode failure Testing by XRI 0002 NCR or C,Z latch failure Rl(1)=00 01 R3 (0) =FF R1 (1) =FF R1(1)=FF 10 0003 NCR above failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. R1(1)=FF R1 =FF 01 0004 NCR or C,Z latch failure R1 (1) =FF Rl(O)=OO Rl (0) =00 01 Rl (0) =00 Rl(O)=OO 01 R3(1)=05 R1(1}=09 Rl(1)=OC 0005 260N OCR or c,Z latch failure R3(1)=05 R1(1)=00 SUSPECTED CARD LOCA'l'ION (sl Above NCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. XIXX XCR Instruction Test 0001 ICR instruction decode testing by XRI. 0002 ICR or C,Z latch failure (1) Rl(1}=00 01 Rl(O)=FF Rl (1) =00 R1 (1) =FF 10 0003 Above ICR failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. Rl(l)=FF R1(1)=FF 01 0004 XCR or c,Z latch failure R1 (1) =FF R3 (0) =FF R3 (0) =00 01 Initial Test CO ('LiE WI 3 ,1ecode "''i1.1ure Controls Fdl.lure Se~ ~101:e 2 for B1.t Fa1.1ures lILIJ C,Z la"':ch fa1.lure AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CAxxx 6-220 6-110 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure See Note 2 for Bit Failures AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 C,Z Latch Failure See Note 2 6-220 6-110 See Note 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CA003 6-220 6-170 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure See Note 2 for Bit Failures AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 C,Z Latch Failure See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 X3705ADA C.13 • D9 Q -37,:)5D-:)6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 270N ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CABD LOCATION(s) 0005 XCR above failed to produce correct result. R3(O)=00 See Note 2 XXXX SCR Instruction Test 0001 SCR decode failure Testing by XRI 0002 280N 2AON 280N 01 R1 (1) =04 B1(l)=00 01 Rl (0) =FF R3 (0) =00 B3(0)=01 10 0003 Above SCR failed to produce correct result. Testl.ng by XliiI. R3(O) =01 R3 (0) =00 0004 SCR or c,Z latch failure Rl (0) =FF R3(O)=FF R3(0)=00 01 R3(O)=00 01 0005 Above SCR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XU. R3 (0) =00 XXXX CCR Instruction Test R3 (1) =05 0001 CCR decode failure. Testing by XRI. Rl(l)=09 CCR or C.Z latch failure 0002 290N sca or c,z latch failure R3(l)=05 Rl(1)=09 R3(O)=00 R1(1)=09 Fl(l)=OO 01 R3{l) =FF R3 (0) =00 R3(O)=00 10 0003 Above CCR modified R3 high Testing by XRI. R3(0)=00 R3(O)=00 01 0004 CCR or c,Z latch failure Bl(O}=FF B3 (1) =FF B3(1)=FF 01 R3 (1) =FF R3 (1) =00 01 0005 Above CCR modifl.ed R3 low. Testing by XRI. XXXX LCOR Instruction Test 0001 LCOR decode failure Testing by XRI. R3(1)=05 Rl(1}=09 0002 LCOR or c,Z latch fal.lure LCOR R3 high into R3 high 0003 FEALD PAGE FE1'MM PAGE AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CAOO3 6-220 6-170 Decoje I"'ll.lure UU Con"rols Fal.lurE: AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 C,7 La-:ch F'll.lure See Note 2 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 6-220 6-170 Decode F'll.lure ALU Controls Failure AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 C,Z Latch Failure 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 6-220 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD002 CAxxx 6-220 Above LCOR fal.led to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(0)=7F B3 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 0004 LCOR or c,Z latch failure LCOR Rl low into Rl low. RJ(l)=OO R1 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-220 0005 Above LCOR failed to produce correct result. Testing by CRI. Rl (1)'=00 R1(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-220 SHR Instruction Test SHR decode failure. Result tested by XRI. C.14 X37051DA , ~/ 6-220 6-170 See Note 2 0001 ,,- (-" 10 XXXX C-' -L/ ;1 See Note 2 01 LHR Instruction Test C' C C CD002 CA003 R3(O)=7F LHR decode failure. Testing by XRI. (~ (~ AB3H2 AB3J2 B3 (0) =FF XXXX (- C 6-221) Rl(1)=02 R1(1)=00 0001 COMMENT) 0' 0 R3(1}=05 Rl (1) =09 R3 (1) =05 81(1)=09 Rl (1}=05 Rl(l)=OO 01 B1 (1) =04 Rl (1) =00 01 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure ,-: (-,\ ~) ;r~ ~-) AB3H2 AB3J2 CD003 CAOOl 6-220 6-170 Decode Failure lLU Controls Failure AB3H2 AB3J2 CD003 CA003 6-220 6-170 Decode Failure lLU Controls Failure Initial Test C C C 0 0 0 ,) I o • o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX • • • • • • • I • •• • • • • • • ROUr ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD FEALD PAGE FETM'1 LOCATION(~ PAGE COMME'l'l':; 0002 SHR or c.Z latch failure B1=0100 B3=0000 R3=FFOO 10 AB3G2 CZxxx 6-220 ~,Z Above SHR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(O)=FF R3 01 See Note 0004 Above SHR failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3(l)=00 B3 (1) =00 0005 SHR or c.Z latch failure R3=FFOO Rl=FFOO Rl=OOOO Rl=01FF R3=FFOO R3=FDOl 00 0003 0006 2CON 2EON 2PON !l99-37'l5D-)F, SHR or c.Z latch failure (0) =0') 6-22') 6-170 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 01 See Note 2 6-2/·) See Note 2 6-22C 0007 SHR above failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (0) =FD R3 (0) =00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 0008 SHR above failed to produce correct result. Testing by XRI. R3 (1) =01 R3(1)=00 01 See Note 2 6-220 6-170 R1 (1) =09 R1 (1) =00 01 XXIX CHR Instruct10n Test 0001 CHR decode failure Testing by XRI Id~ch R3(1)=05 R1(1)=09 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD003 CAxxx 6-220 6-170 Decode ~ailure ALU Control Failure XXIX Byte 0 and 1 data flow pattern sensitivity test. This routine loops 256 times. The first test pattern is FFOO and each successive pass adds one to byte 1 and subtracts one from byte 0 so that the last test pattern is OOFF. 0001 LHR instruction is used to move R3 data into Rl. The CZ latches are tested for 10. R3=NOT 0 R1=R3 10 See Note 2 6-220 0002 LHR data transfer is tested by XORing data in Rl and R3 byte O. Byte 0 data failed to transfer. R1=R3 R3(0)=00 01 See Note 2 6-220 R3(0)=Bits that failed 0003 LHR data transfer is tested by lORing data in Rl and R3 byte 1. Byte 1 data failed to transfer. R1 (1)=R3(1) R3 (1) =00 01 See Note 2 6-220 R3(1)=Bits that failed 0004 CHR instruction is tested by comparing Rl and R3. R1=R3 R1=R3 R3=Test Pattern 01 See Note 2 6-220 XXIX Byte 0 and 1 data flow pattern sensitivity test 2 of 2. 0001 LHR instruction is used to move R1 data into R3. The CZ latches are tested for 01. B1=0000 R3=FFFF 01 See Note 2 6-220 R3=0000 CHR instruction is used to test data transfer Bl=OOOO B3=0000 R1=0000 R3=0000 01 See Note 2 6-220 0002 Initial Test See Note 2 for Bit Failures x3705ADA e.1S -- .......................... ,~-~-- --- ..--....-~~ ....................... ~ ~.---.--~ .-, - ~ . 0 0 IBM 3105 COMMUNICA!IONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 310N 1)", llhroutl.ne tes't correct oyte X d-ltd. 0004 LA Rl, X' 3fl'FF' (18 tat:' L.a. Rl, X'FFL"Ff' (20 bH) L.a. altered thE' CZ latches. Rl=3FFFF 18 bit Rl=FFFFF 20 bit 01 See Note 6-660 0005 Rl ~s tested to verify the data. Rl=3FFFF 18 bit Rl=FFFFF 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-660 Subroutine test correct byte X data. 0006 LA R1. X'255AA' (18 bit) LA Rl, X'A55AA' (20 bit) Rl is tested to verifr the data. Rl=3FFFF ( 18) Rl=255AA 18 bit Rl=FFFFF (20) Rl=A55AA 20 bit 01 See Note 6-660 Subroutine test L.a. Rl, X' 1 AA55' ( 18 b~t) LA R1, X'7AA55' (20 bit) Rl is tested to verify the data. Rl=255AA (18) Rl= lAA55 18 bit Rl=A55AA (20) Rl=7AA55 20 bit 0007 3BON IJ9q-37J5D-)6 Rl=OOOOO ( ] atCne3 (11 See Note 2 6-660 Subroutine test correct bY'te X data. Data flow path byte X, 0 and 1 data sens~tiv~ty test using the LA Instruction. This routine loops forty times with the L.a. instruction being upiated on each pass. 0001 LA Rl, Test Pattet'n The data in Rl is tested to ver~fy the LA instruct~on. The actual test of data is CHR R1, R3 where R3 is loaded via test table. XXXX LR Instruction Testing 0001 LR Rl, R3 R1 data is tested by XRI. Instruction failed. Rl (1) =09 R3(1)=Q2 Rl(1)=05 Rl(l)=OO 01 AB3H2 COO03 0002 LR R1. R7 The CZ latches are tested for 01. Rl=3FFFF (18) R1=0000O Rl=FFPPF (20) R7=00000 01 lB3G2 CZltltlt Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 6-220 Rl=OOOOO Rl=2AA55 18 bit R7=2AA55 ( 18) Rl=AAA55 20 bit R7=AAA55 (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 Note 1 R1=2AA55 18 bit Rl=AAA55 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 Subroutine test correct byte x: data. Rl=155H 18 bit (20) Rl=555H 20 bit (18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 Note 1 The data in R1 is tested to verify the LR instruction. 0004 LR R1, R7 The CZ latches are tested for 10. 0005 Rl is tested to verify the data. 0006 LR Rl, R7 The CZ latches are tested for 10. C.20 X3705ADA c correct byte X data. XXXX 0003 o See Note 2 for Bit Failures Rl=R3 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Subroutine test correct byte X data for 18/20 bit machines. This routine rlJ only on 18/20 b machines. Rl=2AA55 Rl=AAA55 B7=155AA R7=555AA ( 18) 6-220 6-220 Decode Failures See Note 2 for Bit Failur~s Note 1 C,Z latches Initial Test o c co ~- .... 0 11 IODh" , , ' ......... tlw/t.!IUlr.Jib. d .. • 0 • 0 ROUT 0 3D:lN 0 0 • • • I • •• " I I • • • • • • D99-3705D-)<) LBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX 3EON ERROR CODE PUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 0007 R1 ~s tested to verify the data. Level' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC LATCHES REGISTER Rl=155U. 18 bit R1=555U. 20 bit 01 SUSPECTED FlALO CARD LOCA'l'ION (s, PAGE FE'fMt'l FAGE CUMM:: 'I'f, See Note 2 6-220 Subrt)Utln!:l cor:: !:lct tJ1 t ~e",t. .J' .< jata. This rou::::..nu ::un3 on 18/20 !)l~ lIachines only. XXXI Local store register 3 and 5 byte x testing. 0001 R7 is loaded with data 30000 (18 bit), or FOOOO (20 bit) via LA ~nstruction. R7 is moved ~nto R3 and the R3 data is shifted right two positions in order to move byte X data into byte O. Using CRI the data in R3 byte 0 is tested. R7=30000 (18, R3=OCOOO 18 bit R7=POOOO (20) R3=OFOOO 20 bit 83=00000 01 See Note 2 6-600 6-220 Note 1 0002 Same as above except R7 is moved into R5 87=30000 (18) R5=OcOOO 18 bit 87=POOOO (20) R5=OFOOO 20 bit R5=00000 01 See Note 2 6-6"0 6-220 Note 1 0003 Same as 0001 above except R7 is loaded with a·ll zeros. R3=00000 R7=00000 83=OCOOO ( 18) 83=OPOOO (20) 01 See Note 2 6-600 6-220 Note 1 0004 Same as 0003 above except R7 is moved into R5. 87=00000 R5=00000 R5=OCOOO ( 18l B5=OPOOO (20) 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Not.e 1 0005 Same as 0001 above except R7 is loaded with 20000 (18 bit), AOOOO (20 bit) B7=20000 (18) R3=08000 18 bit 81=10000 (20) R3=OAOOO 20 bit 83=00000 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Note 1 0006 Same as 0005 above except R7 is moved into R5. B7=20000 ( 18) R5=08000 18 bit 87=10000 (20) R5=OAOOO 20 bit R5=00000 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Note 1 0007 Saae as 0001 above except R7 is loaded with 10000 (18 bit), or 50000 (20 bit). 87=10000 R1=50000 R3=08000 83=01000 (18) R3=04000 18 bit (20) R3=05000 20 bit ( 18) (20) 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Note 1 0008 Same as 0007 above except R7 is moved into R5. R7=10000 87=50000 85=08000 85=01000 (18) R5=04000 18 bit (20) R5=05000 20 bit ( 18) (20) 01 See Note 2 6-660 6-220 Note 1 XXIX OR 0001 OR Rl, R3 Rl data is tested by XRI. Instruction failed. Rl=IXX09 B3=U!Q3 Bl=IXXOD Rl(1)=OO 01 183H2 AB3J2 CD003 C1003 6-220 Decode Pailure lLO controls Pailure See Note 2 for Bit Pail,ures 0002 OR Rl, R3 The CZ latches are tested for 01. B1=00000 83=00000 Rl=OOOOO 01 lB3G2 Czxxx 6-220 C,Z latches 0003 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte o and 1 Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 6-220 Subroutine test correct byte X data 0004 OR Rl, R3 The CZ latches are tested for 10. 10 See Note 6-220 0005 The data in R1 is tested to verify byte o and 1. 01 See Note 2 6-220 0006 OR Rl, B3 The CZ latches are tested for 10. 10 See Note 2 6-220 Initial Test Instruct~on Testing. Rl=25511 R1=15511 83=1AA55 83=51A55 ( 18) Rl=3FPPP 18 bit (20) Rl=PFFPP 20 bit ( 18) (20) 81=3PPPF B1=lPPPF B1=5FPFP B3=2FPPF 83=IFFFF ( 18) Bl=3FFPP 18 bit (20) Bl=FPPFP 20 bit ( 18) (20) Subroutine test correct byte I data X3705ADA C.21 o • o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 3FON 400N ERROP CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION () OyO-170';0-)1, Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION (s) FElLD PAGE FA::;r: ":O.1i'1:'NTS 3uhroUt1n~ 0007 The data ~n Rl ~s tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=3FFFF 18 bit R1=FFFFF 20 bit 01 See Note 6-220 ')008 OR Rl, R3 This error is for 16 O~t mach~nes only. The CZ latches are tested for 01. Rl=OOOO 01 See Note 2 6-270 OOC9 Same test as 0008 above except this error is for 18/20 b~t machines only. The CZ latches are tested for 10. (18) Rl=30000 18 bit (20) Rl=FOOOO 20 bit ( 18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 OOOA The data in Rl is tested to verify byte a and 1. Rl=30000 18 bit Rl=FOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 6-220 OOOB OR Rl. R3 The CZ latches are tested for 10. Rl=OFFFF 10 See Note 0-220 OOOC The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=OFFFF 01 See Note 2 6-220 Subroutine test correct oyte X data XXXX NR Instruction Testing 0001 NR Rl, R3 Rl data 1S tested by XRI. Instruction failed. R 1 ( 1) =00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CD003 CA002 6-220 Decode FallJre ALU Cont::-ols Fa1lure 0002 OR Rl, R3 Th1S error is for 16 bit machines. The CZ latches are tested for 01. Rl=OOOO 01 AB3G2 Czxxx 6-220 c,Z latches Bit Failures 0003 Same test as 0002 except this error is for 18/20 bit machines. The CZ latches are tested for 10. (18) Rl=30000 18 bit (20) Rl=FOOOO 20 bit ( 18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 0004 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=30000 18 bit R1=FOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 0005 NR Rl. R3 The CZ latches are tested for 01. ( 18) Bl=OOOOO (20) ( 18) (20) 01 See Note 6-220 Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 6-220 Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 6-220 Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 6-220 R1=OFFFF 10 See Note 2 6-220 Rl=OFFFF 01 See Note 2 6-220 Subroutine test correct byte X data B 1 (1) =00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 6-220 6-170 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure 0006 The data in Rl is 'tested to verify byte a and 1. 0007 NR Rl. R3 The CZ latches are tested for 01. 0008 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte a and 1 0009 NR Rl. R3 The CZ latches are tested for 10. OOOA The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. XXXX XR Instruction Testing 0001 XR Bl, B3 R1 data is tested by XRI. Instruction failed. C.22 X37051DA Bl=30000 81=FOOOO 83=30000 &3=FOOOO Bl=OAl55 B3=055AA Rl=XXX09 R3=.IU22 Rl=XXXOl o o FETMM cor~ect ~~St b¥~~ ( j5t~ o Subr0ut1De ~e3~ correct byte X data /--" Bl=30000 81=POOOO B3=30000 83=FOOOO Bl=2AA55 B1=AAA55 R3=155AA B3=555AA R1=15511 B1=555AA R3=2U55 R3=AU55 Rl=OPFFF R3=OFFFF B1=11109 R3=UJQ2 Rl=IXXOC (18) Subroutine test correct byte I data '" I \. Subroutine test correct byte X data \. (20) ( 18) (20) CD003 CA003 Subroutine test correct byte X data Initial Test c c o o ~llli'''I~I''. 0 In !II !IHI! '\'&&' Hi'·i 'giU 11\ !I 41,,11 I,!'!! lui! Ifn Lt Ibl "" "' .."' ....H"'"•.,·.. " .." ....,,, ... ,,'" """ W,_ ..,....,,.,!!,, ""II","'"'!!'''''''",''' M' *'ti "'H!lbiM"IHf t • • 0 • • • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 0002 • • • • • I • •• • • • • • • ERROR CODE 410N D99-1705D-% FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ REGISTER INST EXEC LATCHES XR Rl, R3 The CZ latches are tested for 01. R1=3AA55 R1=FAA55 R3=3AA55 R3=FAA55 ( 18) R1=00000 (20) ( 18) (20) 01 SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION{s) FlALD PAGE AB3G2 CZxxx FETi'lt1 PAGF C.OMMENTS 6-220 c,Z lat.ch",:; 0003 The data ~n Rl ~s tested to ver~fy byte 0 and 1. Rl.::00000 01 See Note 6-220 0004 XR R1, R3 This error is for 16 bit Thp r:z latches mach~nes. failed. R1=0000 01 See Note 6-220 0005 Same as 0004 above except that this error is for 18/20 b~t machines. ( 18) R1=30000 18 bit (20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit ( 18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 0006 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=30000 18 bit R1=FOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 0007 IR R1, R3 This error is for 16 bit machines. The CZ failed. R1=0000 01 See Note 2 6-220 0008 Same as 0007 above except that this error is for 18/20 bit machines. (18) R1=30000 18 bit (20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit (18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 0009 The data in R1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=30000 18 bit R1=FOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 OOOA IR R 1, R3 The cz failed. Rl=OFFFF 10 See Note 2 6-220 OOOB The data in R1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=OFFFF 01 See Note 2 6-220 Subroutine test correct byte I data XXII AB 0001 AR R " R3 This error is for 18/20 bit machines. cz failed. R1=1FFFF 10 AB3H2 AB3J2 AB3G2 6-220 Decode Failure 1LU Controls Failure C,Z latch Instruct~on R1=255AA R1=A55AA B3=155AA R3=555AA R1=lAA55 R1=5AA55 B3=2AA55 R3=AAA55 R1=OAA55 R3=055AA Subroutin8 tE~st correct byt.8 I. data. Subrout~ne test correct byte x: data Subroutine test correct byte X data Testing R1=2AA55 R3=355AA (18) CD003 CA002 CZxxx R3=F55AA (20) 0002 Same as 0001 above except error is for 16 bit maChines. R1=FFFF 00 See Note 2 6-220 0003 The data in R1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=10000 01 See Note 2 6-220 0004 AR R " R3 C latch failed ( 18) Rl=OOOOO (20) (18) (20) 11 See Note 2 6-220 0005 Z latch failed B1=00000 11 See Note 2 6-220 0006 The data in R1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=00000 01 See Note 2 6-220 0007 AR Rl, R3 This error is for 16 bit machine. CZ failed. 10 See Note 2 6-220 0008 Same as 0007 above except error is for 18/20 bit machines. R1=3FFFE 18 bit R1=FFFFE 20 bit 00 See Note 2 6-220 0009 The data in R1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=3FFFE (18) R1=30000 18 bit R1=FFFFE (20) R1=FOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 Initial Test Rl=1551A Rl=555AA R3=2AA56 B3=AAA56 B1=1FFFF Rl=7FFFF R3=1FFFF R3=7FFFF (18) R1=FFFE (20) ( 18) (20) Subroutine test correct byte I data Subroutine test correct byte X data Subroutine test correct byte I data I3705AD1 C.23 01 o 3705 COK~UNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX IB~ ROUT ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION - 420N Instruct~on . Rl, R3 'ailed. 'MMENTS R1=00009 R3=00005 Bl=00004 R1=155AA .B1=755AA R3=2AA55 R3=8AA55 Rl(l)=OO Deco:le Fd.i lue ALU Con~~ols FaLluru 01 (18) Rl=2A:B55 18 bit (20) R 1=EU55 20 bit (18) (20) 10 CZxxx 6-220 C,Z latch SUL~ou~Ln~ 0003 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=2AB55 (18) R1=20000 18 bit Rl=EAB55 (20) R1=EOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 6-~2C 0004 SR R 1, R 3 CZ failed. R1=3FFFF (18) Rl=OOOOO R1=FFFFF (7J) R3=3FFH t~8) R3=FFFFF (20) 01 See Note 2 6-220 0005 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 6-220 (18) Rl=2AB55 1Q ~'t (20) Rl=EAB~~ : .t (18) (20) 10 See Note 2 6-220 SR Rl, R3 0006 CZ C.2' st..;, • _ED CARD r' LOCATION (sl Testing 31, R3 ta ~s tested by ~~struction failed. 430N Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RES"T.TPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL tN' It'G CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES fa~led. Rl=055AA R1=755·AA R3=1AA55 B3=8AA55 B1=00000 corr~ct 0007 The data in Rl is te: to verify byte 0 an~ Rl=2AB55 (18) Rl=20000 18 bit Bl=EAB55 (20) Rl=EOOOO 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 0008 SR Rl, R3 CZ failed. R1=OAA55 R3=055AA Rl=054U 00 See Note 2 6-220 0009 The data in ·R 1 is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. R1=054AB R1=00000 01 See Note 2 Rl(1)=00 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 XXXX eR Instruction Testing CR Rl, R3 Rl data is tested by XRI. Instruction failed. Rl=00009 R3=00005 0002 CR Rl, R3 CZ failed. Rl=15555 Rl=55555 R3=2AAAA R3=AAAAA (18) Rl=15555 18 bit (18) R1=55555 20 bit (18) (20) 10 AB3G2 0003 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 ~nd 1. B1=15555 118) Rl=10000 18 bit B1=55555 (2~ R1=50000 20 bit 01 See Note 2 0004 CR Rl, R3 CZ failed. Rl=355AA Rl=755AA R3=355U B3=755U (18) Rl=355AA 18 bit (20) R1=755AA 20 bit (18) (20) 01 See Note 2 6-220 0005 The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. Rl=355AA (1~ Rl=30000 18 bit Rl:75511 (20) Rl=70000 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-22:; 0006 CR Rl, R3 This error is for 16 bit machines. CZ failed. 81=25555 Rl=A95AA B3= HAAA B3=5AAAA 10 See Note 2 6-220 0007 Same as 0006 above except this error is for 18/20 bi t machines. Spa Note 2 6-22C Rl=2555 Rl=A555' _ 1a~~ Subroutine test correct oyte X 1ata Subroutine test correct byte X data Failure trols Failure ~tch 0008 The data in Rl is tested to verify by~e 0 and 1. Rl=25555 (18) Rl=20000 18 bit Bl=A5555 (20) Rl=AOOOO ~O hit 01 See !'cte 0009 CR Rl, R3 This error is for 16 bit machines. CZ failed. Rl=OAAAA B1=A!!A R3=lAAAA (18) B3=5AAAA (20) 01 See Note 2 3705A1>A X Subroutine test -orrect byt~ X data 0001 (18) Rl=25555 18 bit (20) Rl=A5555 20 bit (18) (20) c ~est byc~ c ~ . ~broutine teo:':. correct byt~ ~ ?~~a \. S11broutine test c~rrect byte X data tc·utine test '-:rect byte X data In.i.tial Test ~. (-J ( ' .... , JI' I I IT ![JHI J/J!l! ) Wf"W!l!lNftt:!'. .. • .ul.+l I ! tol , ) -) ROllT ) -~ ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Same as 0009 above except this error ~s for 18/20 bit machines. OOOE The data in Rl is tested to verify byte 0 and 1. I I 0 0 CR Rl, R3 CZ 0 0000 440N 4S0N 460N Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' LATCHES INST EXEC REGISTER OOOA OOOC • • • I • • • • • • •e 099-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX fa~led. The data ~n R1 to verl.fy byte ~s o tested and 1. XXXX L Instruction Testing 0001 Load Rl w~th R7 as the base register. CZ failed or load instruction failed. 0002 The data in Rl is tested to verify the L instruction. 0003 Load Rl with R7 as the base register. CZ failed. 0004 The data in R1 is tested to verify the L instruction. OOOS Load Rl with R7 as the base register. 0006 The data in Rl is tested to verify the L instruction. XXXX LH Instruction Testing. 0001 Load halfword R1 with R7 as the base register. CZ failed. 0002 The data in R1 is tested to verify the LH instruction. 0003 LH Rl with B7 as the base register. failed. CZ 0004 The data in Rl is tested to verify the LH. 0005 LH - R1 with R7 as the base register. CZ failed. 0006 The data in Rl is tested to verify the LH. XXXI STH instruction testing R7 is used as the base register. 0001 STH instruction modified the CZ latches 0002 The data stored above is loaded via an L instruction and compared. STH fal-led. 0003 STH instruction lIodified the CZ latches. Initial Test SUSPECTED CARD LOCATiON (sl FEALD PAliE FE'Ii'll1 COMMENT'; P~GE Rl=OAAAA 10 See Note 2 6-220 R1=OAAAA Rl=OOOO 01 See Note 2 6-220 Rl=OAA55 R3=OAA55 Rl=OAA55 01 See Note 6-220 Rl=OAA55 R1=0000 01 See Note 6-220 Subrout.lne tesT. correct bVT.e X datd. 6-390 See Note 1 Decode Fallure ALU Controls Fal-lure 6-390 See Note 2 for Bit Failuras 6-390 C,Z latch Rl=25AA5 ( 18) Rl= lA55A 18 bit 81=A55AA (20) 81=5A55A 20 bit R7=base register 10 Rl= lA55A 18 bit Rl=5A55A 20 bit 01 See Note Rl=1AS5A (18) Rl=25AAS 18 bit R1=SASSA (20) Rl=ASAA5 20 bit 10 AB3G2 Rl=2SAAS 18 bit Rl=ASAAS 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-390 Rl=3FFFF ( 18) Rl=OOOOO Rl=FFFFF (20) 01 See Note 2 6-390 81=00000 01 See Note 2 6-390 Bl=2ASSA ( 18) Rl=OSAAS R1=USSA (20) 10 AB3H2 AB3J2 R1=05AA5 01 B1=15AA5 ( 18) Rl=OA55A B1=S5AAS (20) AB3H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CAxxx Czxxx SUbrOUc.lne T.85T. correct nvte X data 6-290 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure See Note 2 6-290 See Note 2 for Bit Failures 10 See Note 2 6-290 Rl=OA55A 01 See Note 2 6-290 Bl=3FFFF (18) Rl=OOOOO Rl=FFFFF (20) 01 See Note 2 6-290 Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 6-290 CD003 CAOOl Note 1 Rl=OA55A R1=3A55A 81=FASSA R3=3A55A B3=FA55A ( 18) R3=3ASSA 18 bit (20) R3=FASSA 20 bit ( 18) (20) Rl=OSAA5 6-360 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 AB3G2 01 See Note 2 6-360 10 See Note 2 6-360 CD003 CAxxx Czxxx Decode Failure ALU Controls Failurf C,Z latch X3705ADA C.2S -~--~~~----------- .. ~~-.-------------.~---- • ( (,0 Dg9-3705D- IBM 3705 COMMUNICA~IONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE 0004 470N 480N FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' LATCHES REGISTER INST EXEC The data stored above is loaded v~a an L ~nstruct~on STH fa~led. and compared. Rl=35AA5 Rl=F5AA5 R3=35AA5 R3=F5AA5 (18) Rl=35AA5 18 bit (20) Rl=F5AA5 20 bit (18) R3=35AA5 18 bit (20) R3=F5AA5 20 bit SUSPECTED PEALD CARD LOCATION (sl PAGE FETMM PAGE 01 See Note 2 6-360 6-390 )F, ( CO['JMENTS ( ( XXXX L using RO as Operand 1 0001 Load RO with R3 as the base register. Failed to load RO. N/A N/A 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CAXXX 6-390 Decode Fal-lure ALU Control 0002 Load ~nstruction with RO as Operand 1 altered the cz latches. N/A N/A 01 N/A CZXXX 6-390 c: XXXX L Instruction Test from the Fullword Direct Addressable Area 0001 Load Rl from d~rect addressable area. CZ failed or instruction failed. 0002 ( latches C L' '"-- Rl=OOOOO The data in Rl 2S tested to verify the load. Rl=3FFFF 18 bit Rl=FFFFF 20 bit 10 Rl=3FFFF 18 bit Rl=FFFFF 20 bit 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CAxxx 6-390 Decode Failure ALU control (f ~- 6-390 See Note 2 /- ( ',- 490N 4AON XXXX LR (Load Register) using RO as operand one to ensure that the CZ latches are not affected. 0001 LB RO,R5 when BO is specified as operand one, a branch should occur. LR RO,R5 failed to branch to the address contained in R5. NIA NIA 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CDXXX 0002 When RO is specified as as operand one, the CZ latches should not be altered. This error stop indicates that the cz latches were altered. N/A N/A 01 AB3G2 CZXXX XXXI IC (Insert charact'er) Instruction Testing AB3H2 AB3J2 CD003 CAxxx 0001 IC R 1 (1) , Test Area 1 CZ failed. R3 is the base register. 0002 The data in Rl is tested to verify the IC instruc- ( Bl=300FF 6-290 Rl=30055 10 See Note 2 6-290 Rl=30055 01 See Note 2 6-290 R1=300FF 11 See Note 2 6-290 Decode Failure ALU Controls Failure See Note 2 for Bit Failure / t~on. 0003 IC R 1 (0) , Test Area 2, Z R3=base Latch failed. register. 0004 Same as 0003 except C latch failed. Rl=300FF 11 See Note 2 6-290 0005 The data in Rl is tested to verify the IC i nstruct~on. R1=300FF 01 See Note 2 6-290 0006 IC Rl (0) ,Test Area 3 CZ failed. RO=base register. R1=301FE 00 See Note 2 6-290 0007 The data in Rl is tested to verify the IC instruction. Rl=301FE 01 See Note 2 6-290 C.26 13705ADA Rl=3FFFF R1=3FEFE c o Initial Test c c o o 0 • 1,..1 0 • () ROUT 0 C 0 4BON • • • I • • • • • • • • • TJ99-37J5u-:J6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX 4CON ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' REGISTER LATCHES INST EXEC 0008 ICR'('), Test Area CZ fa~led. RO=base register. R1=00000 0009 The data in Rl is tested to verify the IC ~nstruction. XXXX lCT (Insert Character and Count) Instruct~on Testing. R3 ~s the base register for this rout~ne. 0001 ICT Rl (1) , R3 CZ latches vere altered by the ICT ~nstruction. 0002 The data in R1 is tested to verify the ICT instruction. 0003 The address in R3 is tested to verify if the ICT updated the base. R3=Base+l 0004 ICT Rl(O), R3 CZ latches were altered by ICT instruction. Rl=155FF ( 18) Rl=lAAFF 18 bit Bl=555PF (20) R1=5AAFF 20 bit R3=Base+2 R2=Base 0005 The data in Rl is tested to verify the ICT instruction. 0006 The address in R3 is tested to verify if the ICT updated the base. 0007 ICT Rl (0) , R3 CZ latches vere altered by ICT instruction. SUSPECTED FEALD CARD LOCATION (s) PAGE FETMM Cm1MENl,> PAG~ R1=OOOAA 10 See Note 2 6-290 Rl=OOOAA 01 See Note 2 6-290 6-480 Rl=200AA ( 18) Rl=20055 18 bit Rl=AOOAA (20) Rl=A0055 20 b~t R3=Base+l R3=Base R2=Value of Base B1=00000 CDxxx CAxxx 6-480 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 Rl=20055 01 See Note 2 6-480 R3=Base+l R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-480 10 See Note 2 6-480 Rl=l1AFF 01 See Note 2 6-480 R3=Base+2 R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-480 Rl=OFFOO R3=Base+3 R2=Base 10 See Note 2 6-480 0008 The data in Rl is tested. Rl=OFFOO 01 See Note 2 6-480 0009 The address in R3 is tested. R3=Base+3 R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-480 OOOA ICT R1 (1) , R3 CZ latches vere' altered by ICT Instruction. Rl=3PFFF ( 18) R1=3FFOO 18 bit Bl=PPPPP (20) Rl=FFPOO 20 bit R3=Base+4 R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-480 OOOB The data in R1 is tested. R1=3FFOO 18 bit R1:;FPFOO 20 bit 01 See Note 6-480 OOOC The address in R3 is R3=Base+4 R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-480 II IX ST (Store Pullword) Instruction Testing. 0001 ST Rl, Test Area R3 is the base Reg for this test. The CZ latches vere altered by the ST instruction. Rl=lA55A 18 bit Rl=5A55A 20 bit R3=Base 01 AB3H2 0002 The data stored above is loaded and tested. B7=25AA5 ( 18) R1=R7 B7=A5Al5 (20) Rl=1155A 18 bit Rl=5A55A 20 bit 01 0003 ST R1, Test Area R3 is the base Reg for this test. The CZ latches vere altered by the ST instruc tion. ... R1=25AA5 18 bit Rl=A5AAS 20 bit R3=Base 10 Initial Test CD003 6-430 Deco1e Fa~lu=~ nu Contr~l5 ~a~lur~ See Note 2 for Bit Failurd5 Decode !'ailure See Note 2 for Bit Pailures Note 1 N/A Czxxx 6-430 CZ latches X3705ADA C.27 • (.) IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 0 0 ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level INI EXPECITD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL INI INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES 0004 Same as 0002 above. R7=1A55A (18) R1=R7 R7=5A55 A (20) R1=25AA5 18 bit R1=A5AA5 20 bit 01 See Note 2 0005 ST R1, Direct Addressable RO ~s the base Reg for this test. The CZ latches were altered by the ST. R1=3FFFF 18 bit R1=FFFFF 20 bit 01 NIA 0006 The data stored above loaded and tested. R1=R7 R1=3FFFF 18 bit R1=FFFFF 20 bit 01 0007 Same as 0005 except different data is Ub~u. R1=00000 0008 Sallie as 0006. R7=3FFfF ( 18) R1=R7 R7=FFFFF (20) R1=00000 XXXX 5TH Instruction Testing. 0001 5TH R1,Direct Addressable RO ~s the base Reg. for this test. The CZ latches were altered by the 5TH. ~s R7=00000 SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(s) FEALD PAGE FE'l'MM PAGE COMM ENTS 6-430 Note 1 6-430 CZ la tches See Note 2 6-430 Note 1 10 See Note 2 6-430 01 See Note 2 6-430 Czxxx 0 0 0 C "J' Note 1 (~ ~j 4DON 0002 4EON 4FON The data stored above ~s read out via a L R3 in· struction and compared. 0003 Same as 0001 except different data is used. 0004 Same as 0002 except different data is used. XXXX STC Instruction Testing 0001 STC R1 (0), Test Area R3 is the base Reg for this test. The CZ latches were altered by the STC. 0002 The data stored above is read out and compared. 0003 STC R1(1), Test Area R3 is the base Reg for this test. The CZ latches were altered by the STC. 0004 The data stored above is read out and compared. 0005 STC R1(1) .Direct Addressable RO is the base Reg for this test. CZ latches were altered. 0006 The data stored above is read out and compared. 0007 STC B1(0) ,Direct Addressable RO is the base Reg for this test. CZ latches were altered. 0008 The data stored above is read out and compared. XXXX STCT (Store Character and Count) Instruct~on Testing. R1=FFFF 01 AB3H2 CD003 AB3H2 CD003 Decode Failure 6-360 Decode Failure ,,<---, ~/ R3=0000 R1=R3 R1=FFFF 01 See Note 2 6-360 / ~ R3=FFFF R7=300FF R1=0000 10 See Note 2 6-360 R1=R3 R1=0000 01 See Note 6-360 R1=3HFF 01 AB3H2 R1=R7 R1=OFFH 01 R1=3FF55 01 CDxxx 6-330 Decode Failure See Note 6-330 Note 1 See Note 2 6-330 \.. B7=3UFF B7=30000 B7=30000 R1=R7 01 See Note 2 6-330 R1=2AAFF 10 See Note 2 6-330 R1=R7 R1=OFFFF 01 See Note 6-330 R1=300AA 10 See Note 2 6-330 R1=R7 01 See Note 2 6-330 Note 1 Note 1 Note 1 c o C.28 X3705ADA Initial Test o c o ""11 KillfII!!,ufI/IIU'dM'P'ijwl 0 .. 'I. I 'dnr 'l ""I'IIM J "II" \:... 0 • •e • • • • I • • • • • • • • • 0 Dgq-37')~D-0u IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INI'rlAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX P)UT ':iOON FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION EXPEC'TD RES ULTS RESULTLevel ' N' ING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' LATCHES REGISTER INST EXEC SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION (5) FEALD PAGE FE'I'!1M PAGE 0001 STCT R1 (0) , R3 The cz latches were altered by the STCT. R3=Base Rl=OFFAA R3=Base+ 1 R2=Value of Base 01 AB3H2 AB3J2 CDxxx CAxxx 6-52J Decole F'i~ LJ;:-e ALU Co~+rol Fdl13rd 0002 The data stored above is read out and compared. R7=30055 Rl'-R7 Rl=3FF55 01 See 0001 Above 6-520 Note 1 0003 The address ~n R3 is tested to ven.fy the count function. R3=Base+l R2=Base 01 See 0001 Above 6-520 0004 STCT R 1 (1) • R3 The cz latches were altered by the STCT. Rl=3FFOO R3=Base+2 R2=Base 10 See Note 6-520 0005 The data stored above is read out and compared. Rl=R7 Rl=OFFOO 01 See Note 6-520 0006 The address in R3 is tested to ver~fy the count function. R3=Base+2 R2=Base 01 See Note 2 6-520 XXXX LOR Instruction Testing for for correct CZ latches. A previous routine tested the instruction decode. 0001 LOR Rl, Rl CZ latches failed. This error is for 18/20 bit machines only. b~t b~t 00 AB3H2 1B3J2 AB4R2 0002 The data in Rl is tested to verify the LOR. R1=15555 18 bit R1=55555 20 bit 01 See 0001 Above 6-220 0003 LOR R 1, Rl CZ latches failed. This error is for 18/20 bit machines only. Rl=15555 ( 18) Rl=OA1AA 18 bit 81=55555 (20) R1=2A111 20 bit 10 See Note 6-220 0004 The data in Rl is tested to verify the LOR. Rl=OAAAA 18 bit Rl=21AA1 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 0005 LOR Rl, Rl CZ latches failed. Rl=OAAAA ( 18) Rl=05555 18 bit R1=21AA1 (20) Rl=15555 20 bit 00 See Note 2 6-220 0006 The data in Rl is tested to verify the LOR. R1=05555 18 bit Rl=15555 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 0007 LOR Rl. Rl CZ latches failed. R1=02111 18 bit R1=OAAAA 20 bit 10 See Note 2 6-220 0008 The data in R1 is tested to verify the LOR. R1=02AAA 18 bit Rl=0111A 20 bit 01 See Note 2 6-220 XXXX LOR Instruction Testing for correct CZ latches 2 of 2. 0001 LOR Rl, R1 CZ latches failed. R1=00000 11 1B3H2 1B3J2 1BqR2 0002 The data in R1 1.S tested to verify the LOR. Rl=OOOOO 01 See Note 2 XXXX 18/20 Bit AEI Test 0001 Fal.lure in Byte I 10 1BqJ2 ERROR CODE , ,J 510li 530N I ni tial Test R7=300FF R1=2A111 ( 18) Rl=15555 18 Rl=AAAA1 (20) Rl=55555 20 R1=05555 (18) Rl=15555 (20) R1=00001 Rl=lFFFF (18) Rl=20000 18 bit Rl=7FFFF (20) Rl=80000 20 bit CDxxx CAxxx CF004 COx!:!: C1xxx CFOOq 6-220 6-220 COMM~l>lT'1 Note 1 Decode Failure ALU Control Failure Shift Right Failure Decode Failure 1LU Control Failure Shift Right Failure 6-220 DF009 6-170 X3705101 C.29 ---- _... ~''''''~-~-'''''''''----~--~- --,---~----- ~---~~ ---'- - ---------- ... .._-.-"~ .---,~ "-~ - .... "'" - --- --- .,--........ --~ ..-.... ..-...... ~ 0 .... 0 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 540N XXXX 18/20 BH SRI Test 0001 Failure in Byte X 550N 560N 570N xxxx 18/20 Bl.t ACR Test 0001 Failure in Byte X XXXX 18/20 Bit SCR Test OaOi Fal.lure in Byte X XXXX BAL and BALB Instruction Test 0001 BAL failed to branchdecode fal.lure. 0002 580N Above BAL altered CZ latch CZ was 01. D~9-37C?D-)1) Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION {sl FEUD PAGE FEHIM Rl=OOOOO AB4J2 DF009 6-170 AB4J2 DF009 6-220 AB4J2 DFxxx 6-220 Rl=3FFFF 18 bit R1=FFFFF 20 bit 10 R3(0)=03 R1=2FEFF ( 18) R1=301FF 18 bit R1=7FEFF (20) Rl=801FF 20 bit 10 R3 (1) =01 R1=30000 ( 18) R1=FOOOO (20) 01 R1=2FFFF 18 bit R1-EFFFF 20 bit PAGE (';1 COMME'ITS Byte X 0 C:l C C ,r- ~ N/A N/A 01 N/A AB3H2 CDOOl thru CD004 6-510 ;r--' ~ 01 N/A AB3G2 6-510 /r 0003 Above BAL failed to store correct value in B3. R3=IAR link N/A 6-510 0004 BALR failed to branch Decode Failure. R3=IAR Link N/A 6-240 0005 Above BALR modified C,Z latches. N/A N/A 0006 Above BALR failed to load Reg 1 with correct link address. R1=IAR link 0007 An invalid Register Decode occurred. xx XX BCT Instruction Test 0001 BCT d~d not branch decode failure. 0002 Above BCT did not decrement count. R3=3FFFF 0003 BCT above modified the CZ latch. R3=3FFFF 0004 BCT above failed to decrement count. R3=3FFFF 0005 BCT did not decrement properly. 0006 AB3G2 CZxxx ~ 6-240 6-240 " N/A N/A N/A N/A NIA 6-240 A wild branch occurred or a Local Store Register Decode Failure R3=30000 R3=3FFFF 01 1B3H2 CDOOl thru CD004 6-680 Count in low byte 1B3J2 CAxxx 6-680 ALU control AB,3G2 Czxxx 6-680 C,Z latches 6-680 Count in high byte R3=3FFFF 01 R3=3FEFF 10 AB3J2 CAxxx 6-680 Above BCT failed to branch R3=3FEFF 10 AB3H2 CDxxx 6-680 Decode 0001 Above BCT modified CZ latch R3-3FEFF 10 1B3G2 CZxxx 6-680 C,Z latches 0008 Above BCT did not decrement. R3=3FEFF 10 AB3J2 CAxxx 6-680 1LU C.30 X3705ADA Initial Test '" c c c () () ------------------------~ ------"" ~ ,-.~--.- n " "J 0 • 0 • ROUT I • • • • ..,• 0 "'11\,* d' ""ilb "n' ayy",'+' J , 'I 'WtItV'/,N't'R"'" h!l'"!' 'II! SA ON 099-3705D-)6 ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES 0009 BCT mohfied C,Z latch Rl=30001 OOOA Above BCT fail€d to decrement count. R1=30001 OOOB Above BCT decremented count to zero bllt branched. Rl=30000 10 SUSPECTED CARD LOCAtION (s) FE-ALD PAGE FET'1.'1 PAGE C(J!1;1E'lT<; AB3G2 CZxxx 6-68') Count. in l:. .. R1=30000 10 AB3J2 CAxxx 6-680 Count. :;.n 1 )W byt," ALU R1=30000 NIA AB3H2 CDxxx 6-680 D~coje OOOC BCT modified CZ latch. R1=300FF 10 AB3G2 Czxxx 6-68() :::ollnt. Above BCT failed to decrement count. R1=300FF NIA AB3J2 CAxxx 6-680 ALU OOOE Above BCT branched when count was zero. R1=300FF NIA AB3H2 CDxxx 6-680 D~coje OOOF Above BCT failed to decrement count. Rl=300FF N/A AB3J2 CAxxx 6-680 ALU XXXX Register Decode Test for Current Level Reg.Group. The following tests will load one of the current level "N" general register with data. Then the other six registers are 'ored' together to test for register decode errors. Each of the remaining six should have data = 00000. 0001 Reg~ster Decode Failure. Group Regs.=OOOOO except Rl. Same NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 0002 LR Rl,Rl failed. R1=00001 NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0003 Register Decode Failure. Group Regs.=OOOOO except R1. Smae NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0004 LBI B1 (1) failed. R1=30101 NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-170 6-120 0005 LCB Rl (0) ,Bl R1=30101 NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0006 Register Decode Fa1lure. Group Regs.=OOOOO except R2. Same N/A AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0007 LR R1,R2 failed. R1=R2 R2=00002 NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0008 Register Decode Failure. Group Regs.=OOOOO except R3. Same NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 0009 LR R3,B3 failed. R3=00003 N/A AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 OOOA Register Decode Failure Group Regs.=OOOOO except R3. Sallie NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 OOOB LRl R3 (1) failed. R3=30303 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 6-120 OOOC LCB R3 (0) ,Rl (1) failed. R3=30303 AB3K2 CLxxx 6·220 6-120 (1) 81=301FF B1=00001 Rl=30101 failed. 82=00002 83=00003 R3=30303 ~n ai'~h ) ) ) byt.e Decode Failure for all error codes in this routine. . Initial Test Dy':;<; L,Z 11itcnp.s· 0000 I ') , ilS IBK 3105 COKKUNICATION5 CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYKPTOK INDEX 0 • • b ""' 0 •• 'WffW''flt X37051DA C.31 l> ROUT 5BON FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level ' N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' LATCHES REGISTER INST EXEC 'OOOD Reg~ster Decode Failure Group Regs.=OOOOO except R4. R4=00004 OOOE LR Rl,R4 failed. XXXX Reg~ster Decode Test for current level. Reg.Group See 470n write up. 0001 Register Decode Failure. Group Beg.=OOOOO Except R5. 0002 LR RS,RS failed. 0003 Register Decode Failure. Group Regs=OOOOO Except R5. ERROR CODE 0 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITlAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX Same N/A R1=R4 R4=00004 ( SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION (5) FEALD PAGE FETMM PAGE AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 0 C All error codes routine signify a Decode failure. B5=0000S R5=20505 i' COMMENTS Same AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 Note 1 RS=00005 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 Note Same AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 Note C C ~ ~~" failed. R5=20505 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-110 6··120 Note R5=20505 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 Note 1 Same AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 Rl=R6 R6=00006 AB3K2 AB3K2 CLxxx CLxxx 6-220 6-120 Same AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 R7=00007 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 Same AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 0004 LRI R5 (1) 0005 LCR RS (0) ,R5 (1) failed. 0006 Register Decode Failure. Group Regs.=OOOOO Expect R6. 0007 LR R1,R6 failed. 0008 Register Decode Failure Group Regs.=OOOOO Except R7. 0009 LR R7,R7 failed. OOOA Register Decode Failure Group Regs.=OOOOO Except R7. OOOB LR! R7 (1) OOOC LCR R7(0) ,R7(') failed. xxx X ldd and subtract pattern sensitivity test this routine loops 0001 BCT failed to branch or altered CZ latches NIA NIA 00 AB3J2 Clxxx 6-680 ARI count in Rl 0002 BCT altered CZ latches NIA Nil 00 lB~G2 Czxxx 6-680 C,Z latches 0003 The ARI and BCT counts are not equal - ALU Failure. See Note 2 6-170 6-680 0004 The Ail and SRI counts are not equal. ALU Failure. See Note 2 6-170 6-680 0005 The C latch set after an SRI instruction when result was not less than zero. R6=00006 R7=00007 R7=00707 rf-~ " \tj C~ Note 1 ,/'~ Note 1 " failed. R7=00707 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-170 6-120 Note R7=00707 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-220 6-120 Note / SCON C.32 X3705ADA I BCT count in B3 (1) SRI count in R7 "'- ,~ 00 AB3H2 AB3G2 CDxxx CAxxx /~ ./ "- 0 C 6-110 Initial Test C' f ( « ( Ny!" 'f t!"H """ "W 'Ow M!lM IN J •D • • • I • • • • • • • iN GUIf!'Utfl!"". • :>99 -3 7') 5D-·)6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX " • ,de, ROUT SPOH 600H 620H SUSPECTED HALD CARD LOCATION (5) PAGE FE'! Ml1 00 See Note 1:-170 Z latch set on a non-zero SRI result. 00 See Note 6-170 0008 Z latch failed to set on overflow ARI result. 11 See Note 6-170 0009 C latch failed to set on overflow ARI result 11 See Note 2 6-170 OOOA ARI and BCT counts not equal - ALU Failure • NIA See Not; 6-170 6-68C OOOB SRI failed to set c latch. 10 See Note 6-170 OOOC ARI did not set Byte X on overflow condition. 01 See Note 2 6-170 XXXX Input/Output Instruction Decode Test 0001 Output Instruction modified C,Z latch. ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 0006 SRI failed to set C latch. 0007 0002 Input Instruction modified CZ latch. 0003 Input or output X '79' Decode Failure 00011 Output modified CZ latch. 0005 Input modified CZ latch. 0006 Input or output decode failure. XlIX Input Test for CCU Lag. Reg. 0001 Input Failure Rl=R3 the address previous to inputing LAR. XlIX I/O Register Decode Testing. Level 1 Testing only. Bach general register. starting with Level 1 Reg 6 through Level S Reg 7, is tested. Testing is done by a subroutine. 0001 OUT Rl, Test Reg R2. Test Reg IN Bither the "output" or "input" register decode failure. Initial Test Level' H' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'H' LATCHES REGISTER INST EIEC COMMENTS PAGE All input-ou~pUt to Reg X '19' 01 B7=30300 lB3H2 CDxx 6-730 Note 1 All failuras in routine are of decoile type. th~s R3=00300 B7=00000 R1=00000 01 lB3H2 CDxxx 6-710 H/A AB3H2 CDxxx 6-120 10 AB3H2 CDxxx 6-730 10 AB3H2 CDxxx 6-710 NIA lB3H2 CDxxx 6-710 6-730 AB3H2 AB3K2 CD003 eSOOl 6-800 AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 Note 1 Local Store Register selection Failure See Note. 2 for Bit Failures R1=Output Reg Data Rl=R2 R1=Output Reg Data H/A AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 The failing register can be determined by the data in R1. Bytes 0 and 1 bits 0 - 3 will define the register in Hex. For example 01611 = output to X' 06' (Level 1 Reg 6) 11PII=output to 1111"1 (Level S Reg 7) 13705101 C.33 ( ( D99-3705D-J6 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE 630N XXX X FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EIPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(~ FEALD PAGE FET!1M PAGE AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 ( ! COMMENTS ~~ r' 0001 650N 6"Otl 670N XXXX I/O Reg~ster Pattern Sensitivity Testing. Level 1 testing only. Each of the general reg~sters test above in routine 620N is tested again with 28 different patterns. See tiote 2 for Bit Failur.::!s OUT El, Test Reg IN R4, Test Reg The data in R2 and R4 failed to compare. R2=R4 R2=Test Pattern R3=Test Reg Data N/A AB3K2 CLxxx 6-120 AB31!2 Rl=Reg X'7E' 01 A83K2 CPxxx 6-850 0002 Diag L2 interrupt request interrupt bit is not on interrupt request Group 2. Reg X'7P' Rl=Reg X'7F' R1=8004 01 AB31!2 CPxxx 6-850 XXXX General Reg~ster setup. Exit Level 1. 0001 Same test and error data as that listed above under routine 620N. The Level 1 exit did not exit to Level 2 but returned to level 1. 0004 ~ rr~ ( \,. (-\ NIA NIA AB3M2 CPxxx 6-750 Program Level Failure. N/A NIA N/A AB3112 CPxxx 6-750 Note 3 Level 1 exited to Level 3 in lieu of Level 2. N/A NIA NIA AB3112 CPxxx 6-750 Note 3 0005 Level 1 exited to Level 4 in lieu of Level 2. N/A NIA NIA AB3112 CPxxx 6-750 Note 3 0006 Level 1 exited to Level 5 in lieu of Level 2. N/A N/A NIA AB3112 CPxxx 6-750 Note 3 XXXX General Register Interaction testing_ Once the basic routines have been run under program Level 2, the general registers for Level 3 RO through Level 5 R7 are tested to verify that the Level 2 programs d~d not alter the data previously stored by routine 630N. 0001 C.34 X3705ADA Interaction between Level 2 and some other general register. r ~ ~., Interrupt requests Group 1 has outstanding bits on. Reg X'7E' 0003 (' lI~x Program Level Failure CPxxx 0001 Exit Instruction failed to exit Level 1. (' R3 Bytes J anJ 1 B~LS 0-3 iefLnes the register, in Level 1 to Level 2 Setup Test. A subroutine is used to unmask Level, set Diag L2 interrupt and Prepares to exit Levell. 0002 ~. L0cal'St~re aegis~er selection f~il~rd / j / AB3K2 AB3112 CLxxx CPxxx Register Selection Program Level Failure -" \,-~ r-~ R4=Expected Data R2=Actual Rl=Input Reg Data NIA 6-120 The failinq register can be determined by the data in Rl. Bytes 0 and 1 Bits 0-3 will define the register, in Hex In~tial Test '-, (~ ,," " C 0 0 0 I ,I r 1 :~ I o .. • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ERROR CODE 690N XXXX I/O Register Decode Testing. Level 2 testing only. 0001 OUT Rl, Test Reg IN R2, Test Reg Register decode failed. Previously tested under program Level 1, must be level sensitive. , ~ 6AON -"-" I 6DON • • • N/A FET~'" PAGE COMMENT'; 6-120 Rl Bytes B~ts ') !in:) 1 0-3 lafines the register, Ln Hex. Register Select~on See Note 2 for Bit Fa~lures. AB3K2 CLxxx AB3K2 CLxxx Fegis~e~ Selection See Note 2 for B~t Failllre5. AB3K2 CLxxx R3 bytes ') and 1 bit 1)-3 defLnes the register in dex AB3112 CPxxx ~~~1~~: Level OUT R2, Test Reg IN R4, Test Reg Previously tested under program Level 1, must be level sensitive. XXXX Level 2 to Level 3 Setup Test. A sub-routine is used to mask Level 2, unmask Level 3, reset diag L2 request interrupt, and prepares to exit Level 2. 0001 Diag L2 interrupt request bit failed to reset. Rl=Req I'7F' N/l lB3M2 CPxxx 6-070 0002 PCI L3 interrupt request Bit fa~led to set~ Reg X'7F' Byte 1 Bit 6. R1=Req I'7F' N/A AB3112 CPxxx 6-070 6-860 XXIX General Re9ister Setup. EX1t Level 2. 0001 Same test and error data as listed above under routine 690N. 0002 Exit 1nstruction failed to exit L2. N/A N/A N/A AB3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CL«xx 6-070 6-750 Program Level Failure Register selectioD 0003 Level 2 exited to Level in lieu of Level 3. N/l N/A N/l AB3K2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 0004 Level 2 exited to Level 2 in lieu of Level 3. N/A N/A N/A 1B3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 0005 Level 2 exited to Level II in'lieu of Level 3. N/A N/A N/A AB3K2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 0006 Level 2 exited to Level 5 in lieu of Level 3. lI/A N/A N/A AB3K2 AB3K2 CPn;x CLxxx 6-010 6-750 Note 3 XXIX General Register Interaction Testing. Once the basic routines have been run under program Level 3, the general registers for Level II Reg 0 through Level 1 Reg 7 are tested to verify that the Level 3 programs did not alter the data previously stored by routine 6DON. AB3K2 AB3M2 CLxxx CPxxx ~. -) Initial Test • Rl"R2 Rl=Output lleg Data PfAtD PAGE 0001 '''1~ 6FON B1=Output Reg Data SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION (s) I/O Register Pattern Sensitivity Testing. Level 2 testing only. -\ 6CON Level 'N' EiPEC'TD RESULTS ~~~ugPIUOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES XXXX ) • • FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION ROUT 099-3705D-06 R2=RII R2=Test Pattern R3=Test Req Data N/A Reg X'7F' byte ') bit o equals Diag L2 request 6-120 Register SelectioD Program level Failure 13105101 C.35 ~--~----~-------,--- ... -....-._--._"." - o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 0001 Interaction between Level 3 and scme other general Level 'H' EIPIC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN L.EV&L 'N' lNG CZ IHST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES R4=~xpected reg~ster. 700N 710N XXXX I/O Register Decode Testing. Level 3 testing only. 000 1 OUT R1, Test Reg IN R2, Test Reg Register decode failed. Previously tested under program Levels 1 & 2. XXXX I/O Re9ister Pattern sensit1vity Testing. Level 3 testing only. 000 1 OUT R2, Test Reg IN R4, Test Reg Previously tested under program Level 1 and 2' must be Level sensitive. H/A Data R2=Actual R1=Input Reg Data R1=R2 R1=output Reg Data R2=R4 R2=Test Pattern R3=Test Reg Data N/A NIA SUSPECTED CARD FEALD LOCATION(s) PAGE PE,./t11 PAGE COMMENT'" 6-12C P1 bytes J an1 1 bits 0-3 defines register in Hex AB3K2 AB3K2 CLxxx CPxxx Afl3K2 CLlI;XX AB3K2 CLxxx AB3K2 CLxxx Register Selection See Note 2 for Bit Pailllre. AB3K2 CLxxx R3 bytes 0 and 1 bits 0-3 defines the register, in Hex. Register Selection 6-120 R1 Bytes 0 and 1 bits 0-3 defines the register, in Hex. ,('I ~- 730N 740N XXXX Level 3 to Level 4 Setup Test. A subroutine is used to mask Level 3, unmask Level 4, reset PCl L3 request, set PCl L4 request, and prepares to exit Level 3. CPxxx 0001 PCI L3 interrupt request bit failed to reset. Reg X'7F' byte 1 bit 6. R1=Reg X'7P' N/A CPxxx 6-860 0002 PCl L4 interrupt request bit failed to set. Reg X'7F' byte 0 Bit 7. R1=Reg X'7P' NIA CPxxx 6-860 0003 outstanding bits on in Reg X'7F'. R1=0000 01 CPxxx 8-870 XXXX General Register Setup. Exit Level 3. 0001 Same test and error data as listed above under routine 700B. 0002 Exit instruction failed to exit L3. 183K2 / 6-120 NIl II/A NIA 183K2 183K2 CLxxx CPxxx 6-750 6~070 Register Selection Progra. Level pailure 0003 Level 3 exited to Level 1 in lieu of Level 4. B/A NIA AB3K2 183K2 CLxxx CPxxx 6-070 6-750 Mote 3 0004 Level 3 exited to Level 2 in lieu of Level 4. N/A NIA 183K2 CLxxx CPxxx 6-070 6-750 Mote 3 AB3K2 0005 Level 3 exited to Level 3 in lieu of Level 4. B/A IfIA AB3K2 AB3K2 CLxXX CPxxx 6-070 6-750 Mote 3 0006 Level 3 exited to Level 5 in lieu of Level 4. N/A NIA AB3K2 AB3"2 CLxxx CPxxx 6-070 Note 3 6-750 ( ( {. C.36 X3705ADA Initial Test (J o • rltH IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION 760N XXX X 1/0 D99-3705D-.)0 Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES Interaction Once the basic rout~nes have been run under program Level 4, the general reg~sters for Level 5 Reg 0 through Level 3 Reg 7 are tested to verify that the Level programs dld not alter the data previously stored by routlne 740N. 770N 0001 Interaction between Level 4 and seme other general register. XXXX I/O Register Decode Testing Level 4 testing only. 0001 OUT Rl, Test Reg R2, Test Reg Reg~ster decode fai~ed. previously tested under program Levels 1, 2 and IN ) FETMM PAGE CLxxx CPxxx COMMENTS Register S~lec~~on Program Level failure Se(~ NOT..e 2 for Bit Failllr-JS R4=Expected Data R2=Actual Rl=Input Reg Data Rl=R2 Rl=Output Reg Data NIA NIA AB3K2 AB3M2 CLxxx CPxxx AB3K2 CLxxx AB3K2 CLxxx 6-070 Rl bytes 0 a~d 1 b1tS 0-3 defines register, 1n Hex. Register 6-120 Select~on Rl byte 0 oits 0 Bits 0-3 defines in Hex. ~he 3. 780N XXXX 1/0 Register Pattern 0001 OUT R2, Test Reg IN R4, Test Reg Previously tested under Program Levels " 2, and nON sensit~vity Testing. Level 4 testing only. R2=RII R2=Test Pattern R3=Test Reg Data NIA XXXX Kemory Addressing Test Runs Only under program Level 4. 0001 Invalid fold occurred at address in Rl. Fold occurs when maximum address of 64K or 256K is incremented and wraps back to audress zero, and is therefore valid only if memory size = 64K or 256K. Fold failed to occur Rl=Address of fold Address determined by input X'70' did not cause fold to address X'OOOO'. Fold should occur if 64K or 256K. R3=Max Address per X'70' 0003 Storage size input, Reg X'70' appears to be in error. Address exception was set prior to reaching the maximum address derived from data in Reg X'70'. Rl=Address of error R3=Max Address Derived From X'70' NIA 0004 Unexpected Level 1 Request Bits in Reg X'7E'. R7=X'7E' NIA 0005 Failed to set address exception. Rl=Address of ex-ror. 0006 Level 1 interrupt but address exception bit is not on. Byte 1 Bit 1 Reg X'7E'. R3=X'7E' 0002 ) Initial Test ) SUSPECTED ClRD PEALD LOCATION(s) PAGE AB3K2 AB3!l2 Reg~ster 3. • • "I, w Testing. • • en" NIA Rl=Address AB3K2 CLxxx Register Selection See Note 2 for Bit Failures AB3K2 CLxxx R3 Bytes 0 and 1 Bits 0-3 defines the register, in Hex. See Note 2. AB3K2 ABIIE2 CLxxx CMxxx Register Selection Address Exception Failure. AB3K2 ABIIE2 CLxxx CMxxx AB3K2 CLxxx CKxxx CLxxx CKxxx 6-770 6-005 AB3K2 ABIIE2 CLxxx CKxxx 6-850 NIl AB3K2 ABIIE2 CLxxx CKxxx 6-005 NIl AB3K2 AB4E2 CLxxx CKxxx 6-850 X37051Dl C.37 () IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 7BON 7cON 7FON ERROR CODE FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level' N' EXPEC'TO RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSP ECTED CARD LOCATION(~ FEALD PAGE FETMM PAGE 0007 Address exception bit failed to reset. Output to Reg. X'77'. R3=X'7E' NIA AB3K2 CLxxx 6-900 0008 Data Failure The data stored at each location ~s its own address value. As a result, R3 eguals both the expected data and the address that fuled. R3=Expected R5=Actual 01 AB3K2 AB4E2 CLxxx CMx.xx 7-020 7-030 0009 Address exception failed to set when attempting to load a halfword from an invalid address. R3=Address of error 01 AB3K2 AB4E2 CLxxx CMxxx 6-050 DaDA Address exception error occurred while attempting to load a halfword from a valid address. R3=Address N/A AB3K2 AB4E2 CLXxx CMxxx 6-050 OOOB An address exception error occurred but failed to trap to Level 1. R5=Reg X'7E' N/A AB3K2 ABJJE2 CLxxx CMxxx 6-050 XXXX Level q to Level 5 Setup Test. A subroutine is used to mask Level 4, unmask Level 5, reset PCI L4 request, and prepares to exit Level 4. AB3M2 CPxxx COMMENTS ( / AB3M2 CPxxx 6-810 6-820 NIA AB3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Program Level Failure Register Selection N/A NIA AB3M2 AB3K2 CP-xxx CLxxx 6-070 ,6-750 Note Level 4 exited to Level in lieu of Level 5. N/A N/A AB3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLXxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 0005 Level 4 exited to Level in lieu of Level 5. N/A NIA AB3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 0006 Level 4 exited to Level in lieu of Level 5. N/A AB3M2 AB3K2 CPxxx CLxxx 6-070 6-750 Note 3 XXIX Level 5 to Level 1 setup Test. A subroutine is used to aask Level 5 and prepares to return to Level 1. AB3M2 CPxxx 0001 An "output" instruction is executed under program Level 5 in order to force a Level 1 interrupt. The output failed to set 1/0 check Level 1 or mask Level 5 failed. AB3M2 CPxxx R1=the 'OR' of Regs X'7E' X'7F' 0001 Outstanding bits are on ~n either interrupt request Group 1 or 2 (1'76', 1'77'), excluding the timer L3 bit. XXXI General Register Setup Exit Level 4. 0001 Same test and error data as listed above under routine 770N. 0002 Exit ~nstruction failed to exit L4. N/A 0003 Level 4 exited to Level in lieu of Level 5. 0004 NIA NIA prograll Level ailure ( ( 6-050 i\ c.38 13705AOA Initial Test D99-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROUT 800N • • 810N lION • • ERROR CODE PUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTPRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES SUSPECTED CARD LOCATION(~ FEALD PAGE FErMM PAGE 0002 The I/O check above trapped to Level 2 in lieu of Levell. N/A N/A AB3M2 CPxxx 6-070 0003 The I/O check above trapped to Level 3 in lieu of Le\el 1. N/A N/A AB3M2 CPxxx 6-070 0004 The I/O check above trapped to Level 4 in lieu of Levell. N/A N/A AB3M2 CPxxx 6-070 XXXI I/O Register Interaction Testing. Once the basic routines have been run under program Levels 2, 3, 4, and 5, the program makes an additional pass under program Levell. Then the general registers for Level 3 Reg 0 through Level 5 Reg 7 are tested for any interaction. lB3K2 CLxxx Interaction did occur. XXXI Reset Level 1 In/Out Check L1 Test. 0001 Output to Reg X'77' with data X'0004' Pailed to reset check. 1001 Routine continuity error. At the start of a given routine R1 is loaded with a value equal to the given routine number, this value is then compared to a "current routine number" which is read from a table. As a result, should a wild branch(s) occur this trap should catch it. H/l Bl=lctual B3=Expected 1002 Subroutine to Test Byte I. Since the fullword instructions have not been tested the first couple of passes through this subroutine, the data in Rl is shifted right two places and then tested using lOR halfword. XXON 2001 Level 5 to Level 1 Interrupt Handler. Unable to reset Level request bits. Output to Reg X'77' With data X'COOC'. UOH 2002 Exit from Level 1 Handler Failed. Previously tested. ) Initial Test Register Selec~~on See Note 2 for Bit 0001 lION COMMENTS R4=Expected Data R2=lctual R1=Input Reg Data N/A AB3K2 CLxxx Rl=x'7E' N/A AB3G2 AB3L2 CQ004 CU014 Rl should equal R3 N/A N/A N/A 01 AB4J2 01 1B3G2 lB3M2 N/l N/l Fa~lures Rl bytes 0 and 1 bits 0-3 dafines the register in Hex. 6-900 output '77' fail I/O check latch failure DPxxx 6-220 'X' Byte Failure CQ004 CPxxx 6-900 Output '77' Pail Program Level Failure Rl=lctual R3=Expected Rl should equal R3 N/l 6-070 13705101 C.39 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION D9Q-3705D-06 Level 'N' EXPEC'TD RESULTS RESULTING CZ PRIOR TO TEST IN LEVEL 'N' LATCHES REGISTER INST EIEC SUSPECTED FEUD CARD LOCATION (s) PAGE FETl1l1 PAGE COl1!HNTS ( ROUT ERROR CODE XXON 2003 While running under program Level 2, an unexpected Level 1 interrupt occurred. NIl NIA NIA NIA 6-070 Note 3 nON 2004 While running under program Level 2, an unexpected Level 2 interrupt occurred. NIl NIA NIA NIA 6-070 Note 3 IXOn 2005 Whl.le running under program Level 2, an unexpected Level 3 interrupt occurred. NIl NIA NIA NIA 6-070 Note 3 UON 2006 ~~~~~a~U~~!~l under 2, an unexpected Level 4 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 XXON 2008 While running under Level 3, an unexpected Level 1 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 \'_J nON 2009 While runnini under program Leve 3, an unexpected Level 2 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 (,' lION 2001 under ~~~~~a;u~:!~i 3, an unexpected Level 3 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 XXON 200B While runnini under program Leve 3, an unexpected Level 4 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 nON 200D While runnini under Program Leve 4, an unexpected Level 1 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 ..t'"- ( / i \.. UON 200E While runnini under program Leve 4, an unexpected Level 2 Interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIA 6-070 Note 3 \ ~ nON 200F While runnini under program Leve 4, an unexpected Level 3 interrupt occurred. NIl NIl NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 lION 2010 While runnini under prograa Leve 4, an unexpected Level 4 interrupt occurred. NIA lilA NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 nON 2012 While runnini under prograa Leve 5, an unexpected Level 2 interrupt occurred. NIA 1111 NIl NIl 6-070 Note 3 C.40 137051DA Initial Test • ,I, I I H aJ FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION ROUT ERROR CODE XXON 2013 While running under program LevelS, an unexpected Level 3 interrupt occurred. XXON 2014 While runnini under program Leve 5, an unexpected Level 4 interrupt occurred. XXON Level 'II' EUBe''fD RESUL'fS JBSULTLl'fCHES ~~i&EC1ED FEUD LOCltlQI Csi PAGE tf/l 1/1 11/1 N/l 1/1 UIOR 'fO 'fES'f II LEVEL 'II' REGIS'fER IIS'f EIBC IIIG CZ FETItlt PAGE COMItENTS 1/1 6-C70 Note 3 1/1 II/A 6-070 Note 3 Second pass through Level 1 after running test under program Levels 2, 3, 4 and 5. 2015 Unexpected Level 1 interrupt occurred. II/A tI/A N/l 1/1 6-070 lIote 3 2016 Unexpected Level 2 interrupt occurred. tI/l II/A 1/1 1/1 6-070 Note 3 2017 Unexpected Level 3 interrupt occurred. 11/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 6-070 Note 3 2018 unexpected Level 4 interrupt occurred. IVA R/A II/A N/A 6-070 Note 3 2019 Program level 5 became the active program level while attempting to run under either program level 1, 2, 3, or 4. To determine which level should be active, look at the data in display register B. Bits 1.4 through 1.7 define the program level under test (see page 3-010). N/A I/A II/A I/A 6-070 Note 3 nON 2020 While runnini under program Leve 5, a Level 1 interrupt occurred and the I/O check bit was not on. tI/A tI/A II/A I/A 6-070 Note 3 XXON 2021 Subroutine to handle timer N/A Level 3 interrupts. An attempt to reset the timer bit (X' 7F' 1.5) failed. output 1'11' with data 1'0040' vas used to attempt the reset. R7 m 8X! Beq 11/1 A-83L2 CPOO7 • • I • • 099-37'.)50-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX Ini tial Test Note 3 X'7P' 1370510A C.111 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX ROU'r ERROR COPE D99-3705D-06 FUNCTION TESTED and ERROR DESCRIPTION Level INI EXPECITD RESULTS RESULTTO TEST IN LEVEL IN' ING CZ INST EXEC REGISTER LATCHES ~RIOR NO'rE 1: The error reporting subroutine uses registers R5 and R7. As a result, if it is des~red to observe the data values expressed for a given error code, the data in R5 and R7 must be recorded at the initial "out stop". NOTE 2: Use the follow~ng chart to determine the suspected card(s) for all 1LU or data sens~tive errors. The card should be keyed off of the failing bits in the register as defined under "expected results". Once a given instruction is tested for a basic ALU and C-Z Latch setting, that any errors that follow are due to data sensitivity. BITS IN ERROR CARD Byte X, Bits IJ, 5 Byte X, Bits P, 6, 7 Byte 0, Byte Byte Byte Byte Byte NOTE 3: C.42 X3105ADA B~ts P, 0, 0, Bits 2, 0, Bits 5, 1, Bits P, 1, Bits 2, 1, Bits 5, 3, 6, 0, 3, 6, IJ 1 1 4 1 SUSPECTED CARD FEALD LOCATION(s) PAGE FE"'MM PAGE COMMENTS LOGIC PAGE A-BIJS2 A-B4J2 DEXXX DFXXX A-BIJI<2 DGXXX A-BIJL2 A-B4112 A-B4N2 1-B4P2 1-B4Q2 DHXXX DJXXX DKXXX DLXXX DIIXXX This error code can not be looped using the Ini tial Test 'loop on error' option. Initial Test IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX 099-37050-06 APPENDIX 0 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX D.1 IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are manual intervention routines for the CCU Internal Functional Test. The page numbers referred to are D99-3705E pages. • • • • COMMENTS ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED 1156 Storage Protect keys 1.16 1190 Customer Usage Meter 1.22 See Notes on Page 1.30 0.2 IBM 3705 STORAGE IFT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routine is an IBM 3705 storage IFT manual intervention routine. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED X209 Storage worst case pattern COMMENTS 2.5 See Page 2.3 to use this routine with the Schmoo test. 0.3 IBM 3705 TYPE 1 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are type 1 communication scanner manual intervention routines. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages. COMMENTS ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED 15CB The four basic functions of integrated Auto-Call units and modems. 5.0.101 Tests: Auto dial only, Auto dial disconnect, Auto dial and transmit marks with disconnect. See Page 5.0.157 for a description of the normal stops when running this routine. 15CA The three basic functions of integrated modems with 5.0.108 Tests: Auto-answer only, Auto-answer Manual Intervention Routine Index Page 0.1 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX 099-37050-06 the Auto-answer feature and receive with data checking, and Auto-answer witho~t data checking. See Page 5.0.157 for a description of the normal stops for this routine. 15CE External data wrap 5.0.113 See Page 5.0.157 1500 Oata set ready active 5.0.126 See Page 5.0.157 15D1 Auto-call EIA receivers and drivers 5.0.127 See Page 5.0.157 15D2 Oata set ready inactive 5.0.131 See Page 5.0.157 15D4 Carrier detect active 5.0.132 See Page 5.0.157 1506 Carrier detect inactive 5.0.133 See Page 5.0.157 15D8 Receive data space 5.0.134 See Page 5.0.157 15DA Receive data mark 5.0.135 See Page 5.0.157 15DC Ring indicate active 5.0.136 See Page 5.0.157 15DE Ring indicate inactive 5.0.136 See Page 5.0.157 15EO Clear to send 5.0.137 See Page 5.0.157 15E4 New Sync active 5.0.139 See Page 5.0.157 15E6 Telegraph echo check 5.0.140 See Page 5.0.157 15EB Monitor mode 01 5.0.142 See Page 5.0.157 15EA Interrupt mode 10 5.0.143 See Page 5.0.157 15FO SOLC link test 5.0 .. 144 See Page 5.0.157 0.4 IBM 3705 TYPE 2 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are manual intervention routines for the type 2 communication scanner IFT. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except as indicated. ROUT. PC)ge 0.2 FUNCTION TESTED COMMENTS Manual Intervention Routine Index -IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX • • t • • 099-37050-06 X690 SABRE RPQ new sync lead 6.1.90 X694 PCF state X'F' disable 6.1.90 X698 Transmit test for PCF state X'B' 6.1.92 X69C Modem 6.1.94 X6CE External Wrap 6.1.95 X6DO Plotter Adapter RPQ test 6.1.105 X6FO SDLC link test 6.1.106 See Page 6.2.3 X6F2 Wrap Line Set Test 6.1.112 Wraps modems, and line sets T3705L Panel line test 5.1 See Chapter 5 in 099-37050 interf~ce See Page 6.2.3 ~ Manual Intervention Routine Index Page 0.3 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX 099-37050-06 0.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type 3 communication scanner IFT. The pages referred to are 099-3705E pages except as indicated. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED COMMENTS X74l Sets line addresses for testing 7.0.74 X7AB Wrap Line sets 7.1.221 X7FO SOLe link test 7.1.267 T3705L Panel line test 5.1 Allows changing wrap addresses for scanner wrap tests. See Chapter 5 in D99-37050. I / \ Page 0.4 Manual Int.ervention Routine Index f r • \1 099-37050-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER 1FT RUN EXAMPLES APPENDIX E. 1FT RUN EXAMPLES This example is a sample run of IBM 3705 Internal Function~l Tests and Initial Tests. This example assumes that the Channel Adapter OLTs have been run successfully, refer to 099-3705C Appendix B for CA OLT run example. The request shown test all adapters with all tests excluding Manual Intervention and external wrap routines. The referenced paragraph numbers provide information to run individual tests using different parameters such as error loops and test loops etc. The referenced paragraphs also provide a starting point when unexpected error stops occur. The sequence shown assumes OLTEP or OLTSEP is running in the host CPU and the CDS is correct for all adapters. rhe DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL switch should be set to PROCESS, and the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch should be set to STATUS. SYSTEM COMMUNICATION • • System; ENTER DEV/TEST/OPT reply: 'xxx/3705A/nfe,ext=nyyn/' NOTES AND REFERENCES 099-3705D paragraph 3.2.2.1. This entry request IFTs to be across the channel to the 3705 • The ext parameter shown causes the Initial Test to run. Refer to D99-370SD paragraph 3.2.2.1. System; S T3705A System; PRESS LOAD ON 3705 System; THE STATUS OF THE 3705 CANNOT BE DETERMINED. WARNINGCONTINUATION WILL CAUSE THE ENTIRE 3705 TO BECOME UNAVAILABLE. ENTER 'c' TO IFT Run Examples Press LOAD on the 3705, the IFTs will load across the channel after the Initial Test. 099-37050 paragraph 1.1.2 'Initial Messages'. Warning message mayor may not occur depending upon operating system. T3705A E.1 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER IFT RUN EXAMPLES SYSTEM COMMUNICATION D99-37050-06 NOTES AND REFERENCES CANCEL OR 'P' TO PROCEED. Reply; , p' System; 3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705xxx System; 3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705ADA System; WAITING FOR IFT COMPLETION System; 3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705AEA System; 3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705ACA System; ENTER IFT REQUEST AT 3705 E.2 T3705A 099-37050 paragraph 3.2.2.2. xxx=AAA if loading via a type 1/4 CA; xxx=ABA if loading via type 2/3 CA. Refer to D99-3705D Chapter 4 for Initial Test Description. Initial Test Section 1 is running. See 099-37050 Appendix C for error descriptions. This message may occur periodically between sections while the tests are running in the 3705. No action is required. Refer to 099-37050 Chapter 4.0 for Initial Test Description. Initial Test section 2 is running. Refer to 099-37050 Appendix C for error stops. The DeM is now in control of the 3705. Refer to 099-37050 paragraph 3.3.1. Set the FUNCTION/ DISPLAY SELECT switch to FUNCTION 4, DISPLAY A & B should be X'FFFF', HARD-STOP, and PROGRAM DISPLAY lights should be on. Set the STORAGE ADDRESS/DATA switches to X'OOOO' and press START. DISPLAY B should be X'8002', HARD-STOP IFT Run Examples IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER IFT RUN EXAMPLES SYSTEM COMMUNICATION 099-37050-06 NOTES AND REFERENCES and PROGRAM DISPLAY lights should be on. Press START; this procedure selected all tests to run on all adapters. System; 3705 LOADEO WITH 1FT X3705BAA • 0 ~ • • Refer to D99-3705D pa~agraph 3.2.2 for a list of IFT sections. System; 3705 LOADEO WITH 1FT X3705BBA System; 3705 LOADED WITH IFT X3705BCA System; 3705 LOADED WITH 1FT X3705CAA System; 3705 LOADED WITH 1FT X3705CBA System; WAITING FOR 1FT COMPLETION 1FT Run Examples Beyond this point, the actual modules run depends upon the upon the hardware CDS. A list of all 1FT modules is located in D99-37050 paragraph 3.2.2.2 • The list in this example only shows the CCU and storage 1FT sections. If unexpected error stops occur, refer to 099-37050 paragraph 3.3.2 for an analysis of the display information and for pointers to the correct symptom index in D99-3705E. DISPLAY A = X'FFFF' and DISPLAY B = X'BOFO' indicates that the IFTs have completed and no errors were detected. Refer to D99-3705D paragraph 3.3.1 to run additional tests. Terminate testing by entering X'FOxx' in the STORAGE ADDRESS/ T3705A E.3 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER IFT RUN EXAMPLES SYSTEM COMMUNICATION 099-37050-06 NOTES AND REFERENCES DATA switches and pressing START. System; T T3705A . This example does not completely test the LIBs and Line Sets. More in-depth testing can be done using the manual intervention routines referred to in 099-3705D Appendix O. To specifically check line sets, external wrap manual intervention routines can be used. Manual intervention routines can be used to further test storage and customer usage meter. Interaction between the communication scanner, LIBs, and/or line sets can cause scanner error stops that are caused by the line sets. E.4 T3705A IFT Run ~, /\ Ex~mples , / o • o o o o o o • •o o • • • • • • IBM/TECHNICAL NEWSLETTER DCL-3705D-08 D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENENCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE TEST, and INITIAL TEST Page updates are provided for Appendix A, Communications Controller Configuration Data set description, for editorial corrections. Remove Pages Add D99-3705D-06 DCL-3705D-08 Cover v - vi Pa9~s Cover v - vi A.5 - A.6 A.S - A.6 0.1 - 0.6 0.1 - D.6 File this cover letter with the the change. m~nual to provide a record of IBM Network Products RAS, SCD Laboratory, Dept. G64, P.o. Box 12295, Rese~~ch Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27709 o o o o o () '01.... / () () o o o frO, DCl-370SD-OB D99-3705D-06 SUr1MARY OF A~n·1ENOMENTS FOR DCl-3705D-07 This DCl updates the Configuration Data Set Description, Appendix A. I In addition, the Manual Intervention Routine Index, Appendix 0, has been updated to include new Type 3 Communication Scanner and Type 4 Channel Adapter Manual Intervention Routines. il Section 3 Symptom Index References were updated to include the new Type 4 Ch~nnel Adapter M~nual Intervention Routines. ~o 10 ! 10 o o SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR DCl-3705D-OB This DCl updates the Configuration Data Set Description, Appendix A page a.6. • •o o • • • • v T370SA o DCL-3705D-OB D99-37050-06 o o ," ( ' / , T3705A vi '. /' o o o o o o o o o o •o o • • • • • • 4 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROllER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION DCL-3705D-OS 099-37050-06 A.1.1 RANGE DEFINITION It is mandatory that each address in the described Emulator ~ddress r~nge be defined by a IBM 2701, 2702, or 2703 CDS entry in order to use that address as a test device address. It is recommended that a CDS entry be included for all addresses in the range in order to prevent a 'NO CDS ENTRY' message for each undefined address. If it is necessary to use a large range of emulator addresses, the following dummy CDS entry can be used for e~ch unused subch~nnel address to minimize the OlT printouts: Card Col Punch 2-4 CDS 10-17 DEV ADDR 22-25 4001 52 / Part 2 of the CDS has a variable length and is composed of the Index/Data blocks needed to define the hardware. Each hardware feature is referred to by its unique block type (i.e. CCU data block is type A, type 1 channel ad~pter data block is type B, etc.) The index block cont~ins 2 bytes for each data block to be defined, one byte to indic~te block type and another to indicate the half-word displ~cement value of the corresponding d~ta block containing the hardware definition. Each data block must start on a halfword boundary. Communication scanners 3 and 4 are contained on a symbolic CDS entry because of length restrictions. This entry is not punched unless the third or fourth communication scanners are present. This CDS entry ;s handled by the OlT loader and ;s not referred to by the CE when entering the 'DEV/TEST/OPT/' p~r~meters. Following ;s the form~t for m~ch;ne configuration. Punch cards as indicated using CDS card format as provided. The index identifies the hardware installed and providss a pointer to the data block containing the detailed description. If not applic~ble, an index entry m~y be left blank, or punched with zeros, but the assigned c~rd columns must be maintained. After completing the definition of the last line sets of the l~st lIB installed on the 3705, insert ~ ' / ' in that card column that would normally start the next Scanner definition. Configuration Data Set T3705A A.5 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION CDS Card Byte Col OCL-37050-08 099-37050-06 Contents(Type-Address) Adapter Number/1FT Number - (00 or I blank ; f not ; nstalled) I CDS Address of Data Block - pointer to I I ~d~pter description I I Block type - data block containing I I I adapter descri pt i on Description o o o o (('~ ~ "~\ \,~ --------------------------------------------------------------------1-15 2 A.6 T3705A IE-IF 20-21 16-19 20-23 22-23 24-27 24-25 28-31 26-27 32-35 28-29 36-39 2A-2B 40-43 2C-2D 44-47 2E-2F 48-51 30-31 52-55 32-33 56-59 34-35 60-63 \ Must be blank 11 23 CA) CCU 22 23 (A) stor~ge SSM 2 (Blank if FET storage) 32 23 (A) storage BSM 3 CBlank if FET storage) 42 23 CA) Storage 85M 4 (Blank if FET storage) 52 23 (A) storage 8SM 5 (Blank if FET storage) 62 23 CA) storage BSM 6 (Blank if FET storage) 72 23 CA) storage 8SM 7 (Blank if FET storage) 82 23 CA) Storage BSM 8 (Blank if FET storage) 12 23 CA) Stor~ge BSM 1 or FET storage instmlled 13 22 (e) TYPE 1 eA IN 1ST POSITION. 14 22 (e) If type 2 or type 3 eA in 1st position. 19 22 (e) If type 4 eA in 1st position. 24 24 (e) If type 2 or type 3 eA in 2nd position. 29 24 (e) If type 4 CA in 2nd position. 39 25 (C) If type 4 CA in 3rd position. Configuration Data Set (' I \, , o o IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX DCL-370SD-OB D99-3705D-06 I 10 , 10 1: t o o o o o APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX 0.1 IBM 370S CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are manual intervention routines for the CCU Internal Functional Test. The page numbers referred to are 099-3705E pages. COMMENTS ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED 11S6 Storage Protect keys 1.16 1190 Customer Usage 1.22 ~eter See Notes on Page 1.30 'J 0.2 IBM 3705 STORAGE 1FT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routine is an IBM 3705 storage IFT manual intervention routine. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED X209 Storage worst case pattern COMMENTS 2.5 See Page 2.3 to use this routine with the Schmoo test. 0.3 IBM 370S TYPE 1 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are type 1 communication sc~nner m~nual intervention routines. The pages referred to are D99-370SE pages. • • • • • • • FUNCTION TESTED 15CB lSCA COP'1r1ENTS The four basic functions of integrated Auto-Call units and modems. S.0.101 The three basic functions of integrated modems with S.0.108 Manual Intervention Routine Index Tests: Auto dial only, Auto dial disconnect, Auto di~l Qnd transmit marks with disconnect. S~a Page S.0.lS7 for a description of the normal stops when running this routine. Tests: Auto-answer only, Auto-answer Page D.1 IBH 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INOEX DCL-3705D-08 D99-37050-06 the Auto-answer' feature and receive with data checking, and Auto-answer without data checking. See Page 5.0.157 for a description of the normal stops for this routine. 15CE Exter'na1 data wrap 5.0.113 See Page 5.0.157 1500 Osta set raG1dy active 5.0.126 See POige 5.0.157 1501 Auto-call EIA receivers and drivers 5.0.127 See Page 5.0.157 15D2 Data set ready inactive 5.0.131 See Page 5.0.157 15D4 Car'r'ier detect active 5.0.132 See Page 5.0.157 15D6 Carrier' detect inactive 5.0.133 See Page 5.0.157 15D8 Receive data 5.0.134 See 15DA Receive data mark 5.0.135 See Page 5.0.157 15DC Ring indicate active 5.0.136 See Page 5.0.157 15DE Ring indicate inactive 5.0.136 See Page 5.0.157 15EO Cle&r to send 5.0.137 See Page 5.0.157 15E4 New Sync active 5.0.139 See Page 5.0.157 15E6 Telegraph echo check 5.0.140 Sea POlge 5.0.157 15E8 f;1onitor mode 01 5.0.1(.2 See 15EA Interrupt mode 10 5.0.143 See Page 5.0.157 15FO SOLC link test 5.0.144 See Page 5.0.157 sp~ce P~ge P~ge o o o 5.0.157 / 5.0.157 ',~ Page D.2 Manual Intervention Routine Index -" ( -'" i, " #'' I o o # o o o o o o o o U I. IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX DCL-3705D-oa D99-37050-06 D.4 IBM 3705 TYPE 2 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines a~e manual intervention routines for the type 2 communication scanner 1FT. The p~ges referred to ~re D99-3705E p~ges except as indicated. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED PAGE NO. X690 SABRE RPQ new sync lead 6.1.90 X694 PCF state X'F' disable 6.1.90 X698 Transmit test for PCF state X'B' 6.1.92 X69C Modem interface 6.1.94 X6CE External Wrap 6.1.95 X6DO Plotter Adapter RPQ test 6.1.105 X6FO SDLC link test 6.1.106 See Page 6.2.3 X6F2 Wrap Line Set Test 6.1.112 Wraps modems, end line sets X6F6 MODEM INTERFACE CHECK TEST. SEE PAGES 6.1.117 AND 6.1.118. T3705L Panel line test e COt'1MENTS See Page 6.2.3 REQUIRES RPQ 530254. 5.1 See Ch(;)pter 5 in 099-37050 o o • • • • • Manual Intervention Routine Index Page D.3 DCL-3705D-OB :. D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX 0.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type 3 communication scanner IFT. The pages referred to are 099-3705E pages except as indicated. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED PAGE; NO. COf,'l!';lENTS X741 Sets line addresses for tasting 7.0.74 AllOtr.Js ch~ngin9 wrap addresses for scanner wrap tests. X7AB WRAP LINE SETS 7.1.212 X7FO SDLC link test 7.1.267 X7F1 ICW Test 1 7.1.265 Requires adjustment of -4 VDC in fr~me containing scanner being tested. X7F2 ICW Test 2 7.1.267 See X7F1 comment. X7F3 ICt~ Test 3 7.1.269 See X7F1 comment. X7F4 PDF Data Test 7.1.271 See X7F1 comment. X7F5 PDF Ping Pong Test 1 7.1 .. 271 See X7F1 comment. X7F6 PDF Ping Pong Test 2 7.1.272 See X7F1 comment. T3705L Panel line test 5.1 See Chapter 5 in D99-3705D. o 'f~\ ,~P \ : D.6 IBM 3705 TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following manual intervention routines for the type 4 channel adapter provide tests to detect and isolate intermittent EBM failures. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except ~s indic~ted. FUNCTION TESTED COl'1MENTS X958 EBM Interference Test 1 8.1.38 Adjustment of -4 VDC in frame cont~ining ~dapter under test muY be necessary. X959 EBM Interference Test 2 8.1.39 See X958 comment. Page D.4 \ .. . / Manual Intervention Routine Index ,( '~ " o o • ~ IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX DCL-3705D-08 D99-37050-06 () o o o X95A EBM X95B X9SC Inte~fe~ence Test 3 8.1.40 See X958 comment. EBM Ping Pong Test 1 8.1.41 Sea X958 comment. EBM Ping Pong Test 2 8.1.42 See X958 comment. o o o o • • • • • • • • • Manual Inte~vention Routine Index Page D.5 . IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX OCL-37050-08 .. 099-37050-06 (",j () o "1>, , ..# ( O ~ , I / l (~) Page D.6 Manual Intervention Routine Index ' { c \ ~, ,.: • •o o o o o o o o • • • • • • • • IBM/TECHNICAL NEWSLETTER DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 IBM MAINTENENCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE. PANEL LINE TEST. and INITIAL TEST This Technical Newsletter provides page updates for the Internal Functional Test. Section 3.0. to include new manual intervention routines for testing HDB modules in the Type 3 Communication Scanners and Type 4 Channel Adapters. Page updates are provided for Appendix A. Communications Controller Configuration Data Set description. for editorial corrections. , Page updates are provided for Appendix D. 'Manual Intervention Routine Index, to include the new Type 3 Scanner and Type 4 Channel Adapter HDB module test routines. Remove Pages Add Pages D99-3705.D-06 DCL-3705D-07 Cover Cover ii - vi ii - vi ix - x ix - x 3.7 - 3.14 3.7 - 3.14 A.1 - A.2 1.1 - 1.2 1.9 - 1.10 1.9 - A.10 A.17 - 1.18 A.17 D.3 - D.4 D.3 - D.4 A.18 File this cover letter with the manual to provide a record of the change. IBM Network Products RIS. seD Laboratory. Dept. G64, P.o. Box 12295. Research Triangle Park. North Carolina, 27709 o o o () (' • •o DCL-370SD-07 D99-3705D-06 o o o o o o • •I. • • • •• • • IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TEST LOADER, DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE, PANEL LINE TEST, and INITIAL TEST DATE: 12/12/80 i T3705A ,{I ) II ' - DCL-370SD-07 D99-3705D-06 PREFACE I o o o This manual contains information pertaining to the Internal Functional Test Loader, T370SA, the Diagnostic Control Module (DCM), X370SACA, the Internal Functional Tests (IFTs), X3705ABA-X3705JBA, and the Initial Test, X3705ADA. o The material in this manual was previously released in D99-370SA which has been replaced by: IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Channel Adapter and Wrap All Lines On-line test, D99-3705C. IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Internal Functional Test Loader, Diagnostic Control Module, Panel Line Test, and Initial Tests, D99-3705D IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program Internal Functional Tests SYmptom Indexes, D99-3705E. Chapter I contains information about the 1FT Loader T370SA. Chapter 2 describes the Diagnostic Control Module X3705ACA and provides operational instructions. Chapter 3 provides information about the Internal Functional Tests describing their use and operation with the DeM. This chapter also explains how to use the Symptom Indexes contained in D99-3705E. Chapter 4 provides a general description of the Initial Tests and instructions for loading and operating the test programs. Also included is a discussion of how to use the Initial Test Symptom Index contained in Appendix C. Operating instructions and examples of using the panel line test is included in Chapeter S. The panel line test is a stand-alone version of the NCP-4 line test function. Appendix A contains the Configuration Data Set (CDS) required by the 1FT Loader, DCM, and 1FT. Appendix B contains a listing of stops originating from the DCM and include~ a discussion of the action required at each stoP. The initial test symptom index has been incorporated into this T370SA. ;i I '''"'- ( " ( , " • 0, I' o o o DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 manual in Appendix c. The Manual Routine Indexes previously found at the beginning.of the Symptom Indexes with manual intervention routines have been combined and incorporated into Appendix D. o IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Programs 1FT SYmptom Index, D99-3705E. o IBM 3705 Communications Controller Theory Maintenance Manual, SY27-0l07. o o o Companion manuals that should be referred to are: Prerequisite manuals that should be referred to are: DOS OLTEP SRL, GC24-5086. IBM System/360 Operating SYstem Qn-Line Test Executive Program, GC28-6650. OLTSEP Operators Guide, D99-SEPDT. Guide to Using the IBM 3705 Communications Contoller Control Panel, GA27-3087. • • •• • •• • • SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-3705D-Ol Miscellaneous changes were made in several places in the manual. Chapter 5 was changed to add paragraph 5.6 Panel Line Test Error stops which was left out of the first edition. Appendix D was changed to include a type 2 communication scanner routine X6F2 which was added to the type 2 communication scanner in Release 9.0. ; i i T3705A o DCL-37050-07 D99-37050-06 SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-02 This version of the manual was released via DCl. Chang~s for this version were made in Appendix A and were indicated by change bars to the left of changed text. SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-03 0 o o ~ o c Changes are incoporated in the panel line test procedures in Chapter 5. Appendix A has been changed to reflect Configuration Data set changes required for several RPQs. SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR D99-370SD-05 This edition incorporates DCl-370SD-04. The information and error messages issued by the 1FT loader in Chapter 1 have been modified to improve clarity. Several changes were made to Configuration Data set description in Appendix A for the new models J,K,l of the 3705 and the addition of several RPQ's. The Initial Test Symptom Index in Appendix C has been changed to reflect 20 bit data flow. (~ Appendix E has been added and it contains examples of 1FT runs • . T3705A o c 'UIP • •o o o o o o o o • • • • • •• • • 1!I!ljIIlJrl ,1M 1 Id WI! \ DCL-370SD-07 D99-3705D-06 SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS E2R D99-370SD-06 This edition p~ovides an updated Configu~at;on Data set Desc~ipt;on. In addition, the page numbe~5 listed in the Manual Inte~vention Routine Index have been co~~ected so that they ag~ee with the page numbe~5 in the D99-370SE document. SUMMARY OF AMMENDMENTS FOR DCl-370SD-07 This DCl updates the Configu~ation Data Set De5c~ipt;on, Appendix A. In addition, the Manual Inte~vent;on Routine Index, Appendix D, has been updated to include new Type 3 Communication Scanne~ and Type 4 Channel Adapte~ Manual Inte~vention Routines. section 3 Symptom Index Refe~ence5 we~e updated to include the new Type 4 Channel Adapte~ Manual Inte~vention Routines. .'F370SA DCL-3705D-07 D99-370SD-06 o o o o o o o ( \ \, \ ( , T3705A -, / vi c ! '" "Rdr # H" d q { I .... +d! rl , I lie 'I'!,I I I I I il • IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER TABLE OF' CONTENTS DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 0 P 0 iO 0 0 0 • n • • • A.2.3.2 Type 2 or 3 Communication Scanner - Fourth Scannner Block E • • • • • • • • • • • •.• • • • • .A.22 A.2.4.l Symbolic CDS Entry Communication Scanners 3 and 4. • • • • • • • • • • .A.25 A.3 TOTE UNIT CONFIGURATOR. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • A.26 A.4 Unit Configurator Under OLTSEP and OLTEP • • • •• • A. 29 A.4.l Operator Messages • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .A.29 .......... APPENDIX B DIAGNOSTIC CONTROL MODULE SYMPTOM INDEX • • B.l APPENDIX C INITIAL TEST SYMPTOM INDEX. • C.l APPENDIX D MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX • • • • • •••• D.l IBM 3705 CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES. .' • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .. • • • D.2 IBM 3705 storage 1FT Manual Intervention Routines • • • • D.3 IBM 3705 Type 1 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • • • D.4 IBM 3705 Type 2 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • D.S IBM 3705 Type 3 Communication Scanner Manual Intervention Routines • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ••• D.6 IBM 3705 Type 4 Channel Adapter Manual Intervention Rout i nes,.. • • '.,. • • ,. • • D.1 D.l D.l . . . D.l APPENDIX E. 1FT RUN EXAMPLES. • • • • • • • • • • D.2 D.3 D.4 • • E.1 I • • •• • • Tabla of Contents o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DCL-37050-070 D99-3705D-06 TABLE OF CONTENTS o o o o o This intentionally left bl~nk. ( , \, c Table of contents x • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ii • • • • • •• • • "WAIr'tdM 'H k t IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA HU We!iU "'Hi YUI!H'WltU'U,! H Hij " 'J ! / DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 3.2.2.2 DATA SET NAME AND 1FT FUNCTION CHART Data Set Name X3705AAA X370SABA X370SACA X370SADA X370SAEA X370SBAA X3705BBA X370SBCA X370SCAA X370SCBA X370SDAA X370SEAA X370SEBA X370SFAA X3705FBA X370SFCA X370SFDA X3705FEA X370SFFA X370SGAA X370SGBA X3705GCA X370SGDA X3705GEA X3705GFA X3705GGA X3705HAA X370SHBA X370SHCA X3705HDA X3705HEA X3705HFA X3705HGA X3705HHA X3705HIA X3705HJA X370SHKA X3705JAA X370SJBA X3705KAA X3705KBA Inte~nal CE Request 11RR P2RR P3RR P4RR 15RR P6RR P7RR P9RR Functional Tests 1FT Function Type 1 Channel Adapte~ Load Module Type 2 Channel Adapte~ Load Module DCM Initial Test, section 1 Initial Test, section 2 CCU Section 1 CCU Section 2 CCU Section 3 Sto~age Section I Sto~age Section 2 Type 1 Channel Adapte~, Section 1 Type 2 Channel Adapte~, Section 1 Type 2 Channel Adapte~, Section 2 Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 1 Type 1 Communication scanne~, Section 2 Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 3 Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 4 Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 5 Type 1 Communication Scanne~, Section 6 Type 2 Communication Scanne~. Section 1 Type 2 Communication Scanne~. Section 2 Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 3 Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 4 Type 2 Communicati~n Scanne~, Section 5 Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 6 Type 2 Communication Scanne~, Section 7 Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 1 Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 2 Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 3 Type 3 Communication Scanne~. Section 4 Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section 5 Type 3 Communication Scanner, Se.ction 6 Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 7 Type 3 Communication Scanne~, Section-S Type 3 Communication Scanner. Section 9 Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 10 Type 3 Communication Scanner, Section 11 Type 4 Channel Adapter, Section 1 Type 4 Channel Adapter, Section 2 Panel Line Test, Section 1 Panel Line Test, Section 2 X3705BAA - JBA Page No. 3.7 ! • .-~ - ...... ~ •• ,..~ . . . . . . . . . . . - .. - •••••••• " ••• ~ ••• ,~~_._.,,,,, ..... "., ... u ......... _ ............... ,~ ... _-............. .................................... _,.~ .. ~.,.~ ............ ~ ..... _ ... _ . . . . . ._ . .. IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X370SJBA DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 IFTs are requested ;n the format PIRR. P is the number of the adapter to be tested. If P=O, all adapters for the requested 1FT will be tested. I ; s the 1FT number, R ;s the routine number. See Chapter 5 for instructions on loading and running Panel Line Test, X3705KAA and KBA. 1FT modules have several segments depending upon the size module. The last character of the data set name changes for segment of the 1FT module. 'A' indicates the first segment; second; and so on, for as many segments as necessary for the 1FT module. The CCU IFTs turn the CCU CHECK light on and off. CCU CHECK light coming on unless a hard stop occurs. of the each 'B', the entire I The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch, the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches, and the START push button on the control panel of the 3705 are used to enter an 1FT request. The 1FT request is divided into two parts; part 1 selects the adapter, 1FT, and routines, and part 2 selects the CE sense switch options desired. Refer to APPENDIX B for DCM stop codes, description, and ~equi~ed inte~vention. an 1FT ~equest The 1FT Loader must be running in the host CPU, and the DCM must be loaded and executing in the 3705. b. The symptom index desc~;ption for the current code in display B must indicate that the DCM is ready fo~ part 1 of an 1FT request (display A and B contain X'FFFF'). Abort any active ~equest befo~e ente~ing a new ~equest. See "Abo~ting a Routine or Request". 1. Set the DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch to FUNCTION 4. 2. 1FT request - part 1 c c ! ~ Set the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches to select the desi~ed adapter(s), IFT(s), and routine(s). Refe~ to the data set name and IFT function chart to dete~mine the exact switch settings fo~ a specific request. 3.8 o o o can be made, two conditions must be met: a. Page No. o Disregard the 3.3.1 REQUESTING AND TERMINATING IFTS Befo~e o. o X3705BAA - JBA Inte~Qal () Functional Tasts c' •e o o L .. IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370SAAA - X3705JBA DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 ADDRESS/DATA Switches o o BCD E All all o o o o • •• • • • •• • • • ! ~outines o~ all IFTs. on 000 0 adapte~s All ~outines o~ one 1FT (1) on all adapte~s tested by this 1FT 010 0 All ~outines of one 1FT (I). on one adapt.~ (P) P I 0 0 One ~o~tine (RR) of one 1FT (1) on all adapte~s tested by this 1FT o One ~out;ne (RR) of on. 1FT (1). on one .dapta~ (P) P 1 R R To ~equest te~m;nat;on at T370SA (1FT loade~) and 1FT. FOX X 1 R R the START push button. 3. P~ess 4• The PROGRAM and HARD STOP lights must ba on. If they a~e not. see "Dete~mining Why PROGRAM DISPLAY Light Is Not On". 5• The DCM should b. ~eady fo~ p.~t 2 of the ~equest (display A contains X'FFFF' and display B contains X'8002'1. If it is not. pe~fo~m the action neceS5.~y to co~~ect the p~oblem indicated in the symptom index. See "Using the Symptom Index fo~ IFTs" in pa~ag~aph 6. 1FT 3.3.4. ~equest - P.~t 2 Set the STORAGE ADDRESS/REGISTER DATA switches .cco~ding to"the des;~ed CE sensa switch setting. Combina values fo~ the actual switch value o~ set switch •• to z.~os if no CE sensa switches a~a to be set on. The ~alat;onsh;p b.tween CE sans a switches and tha ADDRESS/DATA switches is shown in the following ch.~t • Int.~nal Functional Tasts Xl70SBAA - JBA 'aga No. 3.9 () IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA DCL-3705D-07 099-37050-06 ADDRESS/DATA Switches BCD E CE Sense Switch Problem Definition Mode Restart Routine on First Error Loop on First Error Bypass Error stop Cycle on Request Include Manual Intervention Routines Repeat Each Routine X Times Halt Before Execution Bypass New Error stops Wait Before Continuing - -- -- 21 - -- -- It8 - 1 2 4 - 8 .. 1 8 - - - Press the START push button. 8. The PROGRAM DISPLAY light must be on. If it is not, see "Determining Why the PROGRAM DISPLAY light Is Not On". 9. See the symptom index in APPENDIX B for a description of the code in display B. 3.3.2 USING THE SYMPTOM INDEX FOR IFTS Displays A and B display codes are described in the symptom index for the IFTs. The symptom indexes for the IFTs are contained in the IBM Maintenance Diagnostic Program - SYmptom Index, D99-3705E manual. A reference ;s given to the page in the IBM 3705 Communications controller Theory Maintenance Manual, SY27-0107 describing the failing function for many display codes. The symptom indexes provide an indication of the suspected failing card. The list of suspected cards ;-s not exhaustive and may not indicate the exact failing part. However, the suspected card has enough effect on the failure to be singled out as suspect. If after replacing the suspected card, the failure presistsl scoping signals into and out of the indicated card will probably be helpful in locating the exact cause of the failure. A useful technique that may be used is to record the card location indicated when an error is detected. Continue the 1FT to the next routine (via FUNCTION 6) and record any indicated cards called for errors occuring. After several routines have been tried with error stops, suspect the card with the highest recurrence of indications as 3.10 X3705BAA - JBA o o - 7. Page No. o Internal Functional Tasts o Wit/, LH 6 + lie !'j lie IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA o DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 the most probable cause of the error. o The following control panel conditions must exist, for the displays to indicate DCM or 1FT errors: 10 !I 1. The LOAD light must be off. If it is on, see the error displays for the ROS, initial test, or 1FT Loader. 2. The TEST light must be on. If it is off, and tha LOAD light is on, sea item 1. If it is off, and the LOAD light is off, see the error displays for the 1FT Loader. 3. The DISPLAY/FUNCTION SELECT switch is set to FUNCTION 4, 5, or 6. If it ;s not set to FUNCTION 4, 5, or 6, see "Refresh Last DCM Display Code". 4. PROGRAM DISPLAY light must be on. If it is off, see "Determining Why PROGRAM DISPLAY Light Is Not On". 10 o '0 o The symptom index display format is: D • • • • • • • • ' Display A Display B = = P I R R T S KK Where each character represents a four bit Hex digit (byte X is not used) • P I RR T S KK = Number of adapter being tested = Number of the active 1FT = Number of the active routine = Type of display code = Scoping indicator and error counter = Code reference in symptom index Use the following procedure to find a code in the 1FT symptom index: Is T equal to 8 (display B first Hex digit)? No Yes I I I See the DCM symptom index (Appendix B) for I of the display. Display A indicates which 1 1 F T , and which routine is active. Display I indicates the DCM ;s ready to accept a new I Internal Functional Tests a description adapter, which A equal X'FFFF' re,uest • X3705BAA - JBA Page No. 3.11 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM .IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X370SJBA DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 Is T equal to 0 (display B first Hex digit)? Yes No I The 1FT has detected an error and an error code is displayed. The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the 1FT Symptom Index to see. I T I Symptom Index Page No 0 0 0 0 0 1 D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-370SE 1.1 2.1 3.1 4 .. 1 5.0.1 6.0.1 7.0.1 8.1 0 0 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 o o o o o o c Is T equal to 1 or 2 (display B first Hex digit)? No Yes I A pretest error or a error common to the 1FT routines has been detected; 1 indicates pretest, 2 indicates common error. The I field (display A second Hex digit) indicates the 1FT Symptom Index to see. I T 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ( I Symptom Index 1 D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-3705E 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 ~- Page No 1.17 2.2 3.4 4.19 .r \: S.0.IS0 6.2.1 7.1.275 8.43 " -j Page No. 3.12 X3705BAA - JBA Internal Functional Tests q' • •o o IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X370sAAA - X370SJBA Is T equal to E (display B first Hex digit)? No Yes I o 1 Information is being displayed. errors or correct operation. T o o I Symptom Index Page No E 1 E 5 6 7 D99-370SE D99-3705E D99-3705E D99-370SE 1.23 5.0.155 6.2.2 7.1.276 E E Is T equal to F (display B first Hex digit>? No Yes I I o A manual intervention stop code is being displayed. I ~ IJ • • • • •• • • The display indicates either I 0 It) DCL-370SD-07 D99-3705D-06 T I Symptom Index Page No F F F 1 5 6 7 8 D99-370sE D99-370SE D99-370SE D99-370SE D99-370SE 1.23 5.1.1 6.2.3 7.1.277 8.39 F F Is T equal 6 or 7 (display B first Hex digit)? No Yes I I I I I See paragraph 2.2.1.6 "Set or Display Repeat Count". This display ;s from that DCM panel utility. Internal Functional Tests X370SBAA - JBA Page No. 3.13 .1 0 IBM MAINTENANCE DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM IBM 3705 INTERNAL FUNCTIONAL TESTS X3705AAA - X3705JBA Is T equal to 9 No Yes I I I I I A (display B first Hex digit)? I I See parag~aph 2.2.1.6 "Set, Reset, Display CE Sense Switches. This display ;s from that DCM panel utility. Is T equal to B No Yes I I I I I o~ DCL-3705D-07 D99-370SD-06 o~ D (display B fi~st Hex digit)? I See parag~aph 2.2.1.9 "Dynamic Communication To Routines. This display ;s from that DCM panel utility. 0 0 0 0 0 C tf~~ \ . ~/ Ensure that the DeM and 1FT loaded properly and that the required conditions described prior to this procedure were met. i"-----\ l ~_J'" 3.3.2.1 MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX An index of manual intervention routines is located in Appendix D. This index is a reference to D99-3705E Symptom Indexes as an aid in locating manual intervention routines. No running or setting up instructions are provided in this Appendix. / (~" 3.3.2.2 SYMPTOM INDEX MASK FIELD AND REGISTER USAGE The "mask" field specifies the bits being tested. A "0" indicates that bit position is not checked. If the symptom index lists a "mask" field for X'14, X'lS', and X'16', the following contents are standard for the registers: Register X'14' contains the bits being tested. Register X'IS' Contains the bits in register X'14' in error. Register X'16' Contains the bit pattern expected in register X'14'. 3.3.2.3 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER 1FT SYNC POINT AID Each time the type 3 communication scanne~ 1FT branches to the subroutine to check the PCF/EPCF state. register X'IS' is loaded with. the address of the number of cha~acter times the subroutine waits for the expected PCF/EPCF state. This address can be used with the address sync capability to provide oscilliscope synchronization points at various addresses in the routine. ' -~ /' '- Page No. 3.14 X3705BAA - JBA Internal Functional Tests ~ / 't • •o '''''''WH''/NYWhI,' I i . ! " o o o o 10 10 • »I[JI- b ± I I ! b If ! i!J' ! ! I IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION APPENDIX A. II ! 1/ ii' H I db t bY. H'U ± hi! • DCL-3705D-07 D99-370SD-06 CONFIGURATION DATA SET (CDS) DESCRIPTION The Channel Adapter On-Line Test (OLT) and the Internal Functional Tests (1FT), for the 3705 require 3705 hardware definition. The definition is provided in the OlT configuration data set (CDS) for the 3705. The 1FT's for the 3705 are loaded into the 3705 by a host CPU program called the 1FT Loader. The 1FT loader is an OLT executed under an On-line Test Executive (OS/TCAM/TOTE, OS/OlTEP,DOS/OLTEP, or OlTSEP). The 1FT loader appends the CDS to the Diagnostic Control Module (DCM) when the DCM is loaded into the 3705. The DCM refers to the CDS as required by the requested 1FT. The storage location of CDS information in the 3705 can be determined by adding the CDS byte location (from CDS Byte Column) to X'FOO'. The 3705 CDS is composed of the following sections: Channel Data Data Block Index Part I Fixed Format • • • •'. •• • • J 1 Data Blocks Part 2 Variable Format A.I CONFIGURATION DATA SET PART I Part 1 format is fixed and is 28 bytes (X'lB') in length and is defined and punched in Columns 1-67 of Card #1 as follows: CDS Byte (Hex) Card Col. I Configuration Data set Contents/Description I Must be blank 2-4 CDS 5-9 Blank T3705A A.I o IBM 370S COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION DCL-370SD-07 D99-3705D-06 0-3 10-17 Native subchannel unit add~ess in hex (right justified) (example 0000010A) The IFTs load across this channel addr. 4 18 = 4 If model E,F,G or H with RPQ SQ0058 installed. (cycle utilization counter) = C If model J, K, or L. 19 CDS Byte (Hex) Card Col. Blank Contents/Description o o o o c c r'\ ' I 1 5 20-21 Feature code - (CS-Comm. Scanner; CA-Channel Adapter) Enter only the channel adapter defined in card col 10-17. I 20 4 2 1 l=Storage size greater than 64K bytes. O=storage size 64K or less. 1=NCP used. , O=NCP not used. l=type 4 CA installed. O=type 4 CA not installed. l=Type 1 CS installed. O=Type 1 CS not installed. 8 4 2 1 A.2 T3705A o HEX 8 21 'L# 1=Type 2 CS installed. O=Type 2 CS not instailed. 1=Type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS installed. O=type 3 or Type 3 Hi Speed CS not installed. l=Type 1 CA installed. O=Type 1 CA not installed. 1=Type 2 or 3 CA installed. O=Type 2 or 3 CA not installed. 6 22-23 = 40 Class Code (terminal control unit) 7 24-2S = 06 unit or Type Code(370S) Configuration Data Sat ( \ ./ MI+'MN"HEII • '1W.·",Wvy'twWII'''*OWY let IMM t "'!J!b!!111 i Hd H"+&ijwHlWJ LW ~'!Ih +I ULlW "blih L! p' Wt'h'I!M" tfl" +!M'H't!MitlIliHh* • !IM i 'Nit' MAlH"",,,.,.!' ... t .'baHti'e .!M\/I,'''#I'' '" d'H!YM':IIriNIM.eMM'lM!hH!hl!rilbdhijWLlIHIWW'!:NMbYMijMJ/lbIidd8i1U±JHWI til' H 1\'+lIhd"t tru'e'Wlh"± hKI""fbNNd DCL-370SD-07 D99-370SD-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION A.2.0 fM¥I"*Ndf''ldH'd*HWr'ttiW'*9'.IA#NYH'.t!N''f'Nw'W'Q"M'',W CHANNEL ADAPTER BLOCKS A.2.1.0 FIRST CHANNEL ADAPTER DEFINITION - BLOCK C This CDS block defines the channel adapter in the first machine This may be a type I, 2, 3, or 4 channel adapter. o o Block Addr 3 CDS Byte Card Col coo 44 36-37 NSC unit arldress - interface A COl 45 38 Governor speed for cycle steal (normally lumpered for 277K bytes for type 2 or 3 CAl Contents =0 o if type 1 or type 4 channel adapter The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapter when EC 318882 is not installed. • =1 =2 =3 = if 49K bytes if 92K bytes if l88K bytes 4 if 277K bytes The following is for type 2 or 3 channel adapter when EC 318882 ;s installed. = A9 =B =C = 39 • • •• • Configuration Data Set = if if if if 49K bytes 92K bytes 188K bytes 277K bytes 1 This data block is for 1st machine frame channel adapter .. T370SA A.9 DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION A.2.1.1 CCU DEFINITION - BLOCK A This CDS block defines the central control unit. Card Block Addr 3 tUBE AOO CDS ~ Card Col CCU - BLOCK 46 40-41 (~I contents C *** Define storage type and size The following is for Bridge storage: = 02 = 03 = 04 = 05 06 = 07 = 08 = 48K 80K 1l2K l44K 176K if 208K if 2'~OK if if if if if ~ ( ,-,/ c; The following is for FET storage: 81 = 82 = 83 = 84 = 85 = 86 if if if if if if = 87 if = 88 = 8A if = 8C if if = 8E if = 90 if = 42-43 C C = 01 if 16K 47 0' 0 0 0 32K 64K 96K 128K 160K 192K 224K 256K 320K 384K 448K 5l2K /'----, "/' " ('-/ ('-' ,-,/ ( ~ Defines RPQ Features. \ \ / /~ ( / / -', \j " A.IO T3705A Configuration Data Set ~Il y~ C ('~ ,) (t '" ~~ IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION o o o o o 07 08 OA OB OD OEOE G or GA H J K S T or TA (must define 2 partitions for each line set) U (must define 2 partitions for each line set) OFOF 10 1313 W Z (must define 2 partitions for each line set) ALC RPQ (358657) type 2 scanner only Reverse Chan RPQ (858664) type 2 scanner only x-v Plotter RPQ (858663) type 2 scanner only N/R jumpered for medium speed operation (9600 bits per second or less) N/R jumpered for high speed operation (greater than 9600 bits per second, must define 2 partitions) 30 34 38 o 39 o ' U 3A3A '\ 1\1 "i • • • • • •• • • Cal"d DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 D12 62-69 40-55 Line set type codes installed in LIB position 2 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1) D13 6A-71 56-71 Line set type codes installed in LIB position 3 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1> 72 Continuation character (any character except /) 73-80 Any desired data (Ref card 1) Block Addr CDS Byte 5 Card Col 1-15 72-79 Configuration Data Set 16-31 Contents Must be blank Code for line set types installed in LIB position 4 lines O-F (refer to LIB 1) Not valid for type 3 .canner. T3705A A.17 IBM 3105 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER DCL-3105D-O~1 CONFIGURATION DATA SET DESCRIPTION D99-3705D-06 A.2.2 TYPE 2 OR 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER - SECOND SCANNER BLOCK E The type 2 or type 3 scanner defined by block type E is identical to block type D except for the installed position and number of LIBs available. Refer to block D for the format. If no scanner is installed in this position and no further data blocks are required, punch a slash (/) in the 1st column of this block and omit the continuation character for this card to end the CDS (no further punching is required). Card 5 Addr Byte Col CS defined by this block '32 = 43 33 =1 7B-7C 34-37 Blank 7D 38-'39 RPQ Definition Byte (Refer to CSl) E02 7E-81 40-47 Oscillator speed codes E06 82-87 4S-59 LIB type codes EOC B8-aD 60-71 LIB position 1 line set types lines O-B 72 Continuation character (any character except /) E01 7A o o c c Contents 32-33 EOO o If type 2 communication scanner If type 3 Hi-Speed Communication Scanner 2 If type 3 communication scanner CS address bits for 2nd Scanner. /' 73-80 Card Block Addr CDS ~ 1-15 6 BE-8F A.lS Card Col T3705A 16-19 Any Desired Data (Ref card 1) Contents Must be blank LIB position 1 line set types lines C-F Configuration Dat. Set ·r" \1 --;' """"d • • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I IIfH .. IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX DCL-3705D-07 D99-3705D-06 X690 SABRE RPQ new sync lead 6.1.90 X694 PCF state X'F' disable 6.1.90 X698 Transmit test for PCF state X'S' 6.1.92 X69C Modem inter'face 6.1.94 X6CE External Wrap 6.1.95 X6DO Plotter Adapter RPQ test 6.1.105 X6FO SDLC link test 6.1.106 See Page 6.2.3 X6F2 Wrap Line set Tast 6.1.112 W~aps T3705L Panel line test 5.1 See Chapter 5 i' n D99-3705D See Page 6.2.3 modems, and line sets D.5 IBM 3705 TYPE 3 COMMUNICATION SCANNER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES Il '.i I f'IIh.l1U&!,H' • • • • • •• • • The following routines are manual intervention routines of the type 3 communication scanner 1FT. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except as indicated. COMMENTS ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED X741 Sets line addresses for testing 7.0.74 X7A8 Wrap Line sets 7.1.221 X7FO SDLC link test 7.1.267 X7F1 ICW Test 1 7.1.265 Requires ad3ustment of -4 VDC in frame containing scanner being tested. X7F2 ICW Test 2 7.1.267 See X7Fl comment. X7F3 ICW Test 3 7.1.269 Sea X7Fl comment. X7F4 PDF Data Test 7.1.271 See X7Fl comment. X7F5 PDF Ping Pong Test 1 7.1.271 See X7F1 comment. Manual Intervention Routine Index Allows changing wrap addresses for scanner wrap tests. Page D.3 o IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINE INDEX X7F6 PDF Ping Pong Test 2 7.1.272 See X7F1 comment. T3705L Panel line test 5.1 See Chapter 5 in D99-3705D. D.6 IBM 3705 TYPE 4 CHANNEL ADAPTER MANUAL INTERVENTION ROUTINES The following manual intervention routines for the type 4 channel adapter provide tests to detect and isolate intermittent EBM failures. The pages referred to are D99-3705E pages except as indicated. ROUT. FUNCTION TESTED ~ X958 EBM Interference Test 1 8.1.38 X959 EBM Interference Test 2 NO. 8.1.39 0 I r0 COMMENTS Ad:iustment of -4 VDC in frame containing adapter under test may be necessary. See X958 comment. C ~~ ~ :,'l.Y X95A EBM Interference Test 3 8.1.40 See X958 comment. X95B EBM Ping Pong Test 1 8.1.41 See X958 comment. X95C EBM Ping Pong Test 2 8.1.42 See X958 comment. ~---, ( ( / Page D.4 Manual Interventi on Routi ne Index '~- "
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c041 52.342996, 2008/05/07-21:37:19 Create Date : 2018:10:08 07:24:54-08:00 Modify Date : 2018:10:08 08:35:06-07:00 Metadata Date : 2018:10:08 08:35:06-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.0 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:a4c91300-620b-1b45-8c90-57861132e48b Instance ID : uuid:44ace1e2-ae9b-f340-85d0-27b77991a984 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 232EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools